Mango Educator Edition™
French
Unit 2
Course Guide
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MA NGO LA NGUA GES All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: People and Animals
Chapter 2: At Home
Chapter 3: Small Talk
Chapter 4: Dating
Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking
Chapter 6: Weather and Landscape
Chapter 7: Shopping
Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office
Chapter 9: Leisure Activities
Chapter 10: Sightseeing
Vocabulary Review
Phrase Review
Cultural Notes
Grammar Notes
2
3
16
32
49
62
80
94
108
119
131
148
182
224
234
Chapter 1: People and Animals
Chapter 1: People and Animals
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Address Family Members Using Kinship
Words
Comment on Pets
Describe People and Animals Physically
Talk About Personality Types
Ask a Question: Intonation, Inversion, and
Est-ce que
Use Adjectives in the Masculine and Feminine
Form
Use Interrogative Pronouns Qui, Quoi, Où
and Quand
Use Possessive Adjectives
Use Possessive Pronouns in the Singular
Form
Conversation
English
French
C'est qui sur cette photo ?
Who is this a picture of?
(say kee sur sayt foto ?)
C'est ma famille !
This is my family!
(say ma fameey !)
Ça, c'est mon grand-père.
That is my grandfather.
(sa, say mo(n) gra(n)payr.)
T'as vu comme il a l'air sévère !
See how stern he looks!
(ta vu kom eel a layr sehvayr !)
Ouais, mais je suis sûre qu'il est gentil.
Yeah, but I'm sure he's nice.
(way, may jeuh swee sur keel ay jah(n)tee.)
Où vivent tes grand-parents ?
Where do your grandparents live?
(oo veev tay gra(n)pare(n) ?)
Ils vivent dans le sud, près de Toulouse.
They live in the South, near Toulouse.
(eel veev da(n) leuh sud, pray deuh toolooz.)
Et ça ? C'est leur chien ?
And this? Is it their dog?
(eh sa ? say leur shyu(n) ?)
Non, c'est le mien ! Il s'appelle Médor.
No, it's mine! His name is Médor.
(no(n), say leuh myu(n) ! eel sapayl
mehdohr.)
Il est super mignon !
He's very cute!
(eel ay supayr meenyo(n) !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
4
Who is this a picture of? C'est qui sur cette photo ?
English
1
French
Who is this a picture of?
C'est qui sur cette photo ?
(This is who on this photo?)
(say kee sur sayt foto ?)
2
Remember that c'est means both "it is" and "that/this is."
3
who
4
qui
(kee)
Who is this?
C'est qui ?
(This is who?)
(say kee ?)
5
Remember cette? It is the feminine form of ce, a demonstrative pronoun (or a "pointing word")
that can be translated by "this" or "that."
6
a photo
7
what
8
9
10
une photo
(une foto)
quoi
(kwa)
What is this a photo of?
C'est quoi sur cette photo ?
(This is what on this photo?)
(say kwa sur sayt foto ?)
où
where
(oo)
Where was this picture taken?
C'est où cette photo ?
(This is where this photo?)
(say oo sayt foto ?)
11
Qui, quoi, où, and quand are interrogative pronouns we use to ask questions. You might know
these as "wh-words" in English (who, what, where, when, etc.).
12
a portrait
13
(u(n) pohrtray)
Who is this a portrait of ?
C'est qui sur ce portrait ?
(This is who on this portrait ?)
(say kee sur seuh pohrtray ?)
14
a painting
15
when
16
to date from
17
un portrait
une peinture
(une pu(n)tuhr)
quand
(ka(n))
dater de
(dateh deuh)
When was this painting done?
Cette peinture date de quand ?
(This painting dates from when?)
(sayt pu(n)tuhr dat deuh kan ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
5
This is my grandfather. Ça, c'est mon grand-père.
English
1
French
This is my grandfather.
Ça, c'est mon grand-père.
(This, this is my grandfather.)
(sa, say mo(n) gra(n)payr.)
ça
2
this / that
3
Ça, when put at the beginning of a sentence, strengthens what follows. In English, intonation
provides the emphasis, but often in French we have to double the subject, as in Ça c'est vrai !
which literally would be translated as "That, it is true!" We use that construction to express
surprise, indignation, approbation, or any other feeling we want to assert strongly.
4
the grandfather
5
A more affectionate way to talk to your grandfather is to call him papi!
6
the father
7
Just like in English, in French we have "father" (père) and "dad" (papa) .
8
That is my father.
9
the grandmother
10
We often call our grandmother mamie (grandma).
11
Grandparents (les grand-parents) don't often live with the family in France. Most of the time
they retire in the countryside, when they can, or, only when they have to, they move to a
retirement home.
12
That is my grandmother.
13
Remember that "my" can be translated by mon (in front of a masculine noun), ma (in front of
feminine) and mes (in front of plural).
14
That is my mother.
15
Here again, we have "mother" (mère) or "mom" (maman).
16
the aunt
17
Here is my aunt.
18
Tata and Tatan are other names people call their aunts in France.
19
the uncle
(sa)
le grand-père
(leuh gra(n)payr)
le père
(leuh payr)
Ça, c'est mon père.
(sa say mo(n) payr.)
la grand-mère
(la gra(n)mayr)
Ça, c'est ma grand-mère.
(sa say ma gra(n)mayr.)
Ça, c'est ma mère.
(sa say ma mayr.)
la tante
(la ta(n)t)
Voilà ma tante.
(vwala ma ta(n)t.)
l'oncle
(lo(n)kl)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
6
English
French
Voilà mon oncle.
20
Here is my uncle.
21
You'll also hear people call their uncle Tonton.
22
Who is this a picture of?
23
That is my sister.
24
And here is my brother.
25
A word like "siblings" doesn't exist in French. If one, for example, has several brothers and sisters,
he will talk about his "brothers and sisters" (mes frères et sœ urs).
(vwala mon o(n)kl.)
C'est qui sur cette photo ?
(say kee sur sayt foto ?)
Ça, c'est ma sœ ur.
(sa, say ma seuhr.)
Et voilà mon frère.
(eh vwala mo(n) frayr.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
7
See how stern he looks.
T'as vu comme il a l'air sévère.
English
1
French
See how stern he looks.
T'as vu comme il a l'air sévère.
(You've seen how stern he looks.)
(ta vu kom eela layr sehvayr.)
voir
2
see
3
The topics and conversations in this Unit are more personable and friendly so that as your
knowledge of French grows, so will your relationships and interactions! As you become more
familiar with your fellow French speakers, you'll want to start using the informal way of addressing
them: the tu form of verbs, possessive adjectives, and pronouns. For the rest of this Unit,
assume that you will be using these informal forms, unless we tell you otherwise.
4
(vwar)
have you seen
t'as vu
(you've seen)
(ta vu)
5
T'as vu is actually short for tu as vu. In spoken French, the subject and the verb, if it begins with
a vowel, often merge into one word like here. You will often hear as well J'sais pas (often
pronounced "chai pas") for Je ne sais pas (I don't know).
6
how
7
8
9
10
11
comme
(kum)
to look
avoir l'air
(to have the air )
(avwar layr)
il a
he has
(eela)
he looks
il a l'air
(he has the air)
(eela layr)
sévère
stern
(sehvayr)
He looks stern.
Il a l'air sévère.
(He has the stern air.)
(eela layr sehvayr.)
gentil
12
kind
13
He looks kind.
14
too
15
Be careful! In the feminine, gentil becomes gentille. And train yourself not to pronounce the
final "l" at all in the masculine and to pronounce the double "l" as "y" (like in "eye") in the feminine!
16
Yes, and she is kind too!
(jah(n)tee)
Il a l'air gentil.
(eela layr jah(n)tee.)
aussi
(ohsee)
Oui, et elle est gentille aussi !
(wee, eh aylay jah(n)teey osee !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
8
English
French
méchant
17
mean
18
He looks mean!
19
nice
20
See how nice he looks!
21
funny
22
He is funny.
23
really
24
You'll often hear young people say vachement. It has nothing to do with cows (vaches)! It's a
very common slang word that has the same meaning as très (really).
25
Sophie? She is really funny!
26
happy
27
He looks happy.
28
She looks happy.
29
sad
30
See how sad he looks!
31
smart
32
She is really smart!
(mehcha(n))
Il a l'air méchant !
(eela layr mehcha(n) !)
sympa
(su(n)pa)
T'as vu comme il a l'air sympa !
(ta vu kom eela layr su(n)pa !)
marrant
(mara(n))
Il est marrant.
(eelay mara(n).)
vachement
(vashma(n))
Sophie ? Elle est vachement marrante !
(sofee ? aylay vashma(n) mara(n)t !)
content
(ko(n)ta(n))
Il a l'air content.
(eela layr konta(n).)
Elle a l'air contente.
(ayla layr ko(n)ta(n)t.)
triste
(treest)
T'as vu comme il a l'air triste !
(ta vu kom eela layr treest !)
intelligent
(u(n)tehleeja(n))
Elle est vachement intelligente !
(aylay vashma(n) u(n)tehleeja(n)t !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
9
I'm sure he's strong. Je suis sûr qu'il est fort.
English
1
French
I'm sure he's strong.
Je suis sûr qu'il est fort.
(I'm sure that he is strong.)
(jeuh swee sur keel ay for.)
sûr
2
sure
3
that
4
Que is a relative pronoun. It links two sentences into one. For example, here we could have the
sentence "I'm sure" (je suis sûr) and the other sentence "he's strong" (il est fort). These are
linked by "that": "I'm sure that he's strong" (je suis sûr qu'il est fort). We use this construction
a lot in French, as in "I'm sure that..." (je suis sûr que) or "I know that..." (je sais que).
5
I am sure that
6
strong
7
small / little
8
his
9
Just like "my" could be translated by mon / ma / mes depending on the word that follows, "his"
or "her" is translated by son / sa / ses. We would then say sa sœ ur (his/her sister), son frère
(his/her brother), or ses frères (his/her brothers).
10
I am sure that his sister is very small!
11
weak
12
My cat is weak.
13
tall
14
The feminine form of grand is grande. And be careful with the pronunciation as well.
15
See how tall she is!
16
See how small he is!
17
slim
(sur)
que
(keuh)
je suis sûr que
(jeuh swee sur keuh)
fort
(for)
petit
(peuhtee)
son / sa / ses
(so(n) / sa / say)
Je suis sûr que sa sœ ur est très petite !
(jeuh swee sur keuh sa seur ay tray
peuhteet !)
faible
(faybl)
Mon chat est faible.
(mo(n) sha ay faybl.)
grand
(gra(n))
T'as vu comme elle est grande !
(ta vu kom aylay gra(n)d !)
T'as vu comme il est petit !
(ta vu kom eelay peuhtee !)
mince
(mu(n)ce)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
10
English
French
Sa sœ ur est très mince.
18
Her sister is very slim.
19
When the adjective already ends with an -e in the masculine form, we don't add an -e to the
feminine form.
20
People always wonder how French women can be so slim with all the cheese, bread, and other
patés they eat every day! Well, it's probably because they walk so much and actually opt more
often for a salad than a cassoulet!
21
skinny
22
Yes, she's really skinny!
23
too
24
My aunt is too skinny.
25
See how here "too" is translated by trop? When "too" is used in the sense of "too much" we use
trop in French. When it means "as well, also" it is translated by aussi. For example, Elle est
trop maigre (She is too skinny) and Elle est maigre aussi (She is skinny too).
26
(sa seur ay tray mu(n)ce.)
maigre
(maygr)
Oui, elle est vachement maigre !
(wee, aylay vashme(n) maygr !)
trop
(tro)
Ma tante est trop maigre.
(ma ta(n)t ay tro maygr !)
handsome
beau
(beautiful)
(bo)
27
See how handsome he is?
28
beautiful
29
Yes, and his sister is beautiful too!
T'as vu comme il est beau ?
(ta vu kom eelay bo ?)
belle
(bayl)
Oui, et sa sœ ur est belle aussi !
(wee, eh sa seur ay bayl osee !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
11
Is it their dog? C'est leur chien ?
English
French
C'est leur chien ?
1
Is it their dog?
2
their
3
And here's another possessive! "Their" is translated by leur or leurs (pronunciation is the
same). Lucky you, here there's only one form for singular (both masculine and feminine) and one
for plural.
4
a dog
5
It's my cat.
6
a fish
7
(say leur shyu(n) ?)
leur
(leur)
un chien
(u(n) shyu(n))
C'est mon chat.
(say mon sha.)
un poisson
(u(n) pwaso(n))
That is their fish.
Ça, c'est leur poisson.
(That, it is their fish.)
(sa say leur pwaso(n))
un cheval
8
a horse
9
It's their horse.
10
horses
11
In French, words ending with -al have their plural form with -aux. Like un cheval / des chevaux
("a horse"/"horses") or un animal / des animaux ("an animal"/ "animals").
12
They are their horses.
13
Notice how in French, c'est becomes ce sont when followed by a plural noun. Here, as it is
several horses we are talking about, we say ce sont leurs chevaux. C'est and ce sont are
what we call impersonal expressions just like "it is"/"there is"/"there are" or "this/that is."
14
a rabbit
15
16
(u(n) sheuhval)
C'est leur cheval.
(say leur sheuhval.)
des chevaux
(day sheuhvo)
Ce sont leurs chevaux.
(seuh so(n) leur sheuhvo.)
un lapin
(u(n) lapu(n))
They're her rabbits.
Ça, ce sont ses lapins.
(That, they are her rabbits.)
(sa, seuh so(n) say lapu(n).)
The most common pets found in France are cats and dogs, but also rabbits (although we eat
them as well, but not the pet variety!). For children, there are hamsters and cochons d'Inde
(guinea pigs).
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
12
It's mine. It's so cute!
C'est le mien. Il est super mignon !
English
French
C'est le mien. Il est super mignon !
1
It's mine. It's so cute!
2
mine
3
it's
4
In French, we don't have an equivalent for "it." When referring to objects or pets we use "he" or
"she" (il / elle). Now you may be wondering when to use c'est and when to use il est. Just
remember that c'est is used to present or introduce someone (C'est mon grand-père), when
describing a situation (C'est mercredi), or with a stressed pronoun (C'est moi or C'est le
mien). Il est is mostly used when describing a person, or in this case a pet.
5
super
6
Just like in English, super is used to emphasize something. It is used a lot in spoken French, but
as it is a bit colloquial, we don't use it in writing.
7
cute
8
yours
9
It's yours.
10
his / hers
11
fat
12
That fat cat? It's hers!
13
yeah
14
That skinny dog? Yeah, it's mine!
15
And that small fish, it's yours.
16
a spider
(say leuh myu(n). eel ay supayr
meenyo(n) !)
le mien
(leuh myu(n))
il est
(eel ay)
super
(supayr)
mignon
(meenyo(n))
le tien
(leuh tyu(n))
C'est le tien.
(say leuh tyu(n).)
le sien
(leuh syu(n))
gros
(gro)
Ce gros chat ? C'est le sien !
(seuh gro sha ? say leuh syu(n) !)
ouais
(way)
Ce chien maigre ? Ouais, c'est le mien !
(seuh shyu(n) maygr ? way, say leuh
myu(n) !)
Et ce petit poisson, c'est le tien.
(eh seuh ptee pwaso(n), say leuh tyu(n).)
une araignée
(une araynyeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
13
English
French
17
"Fat" is an exception in French: we double the "s" and add an "e" when it describes something or
someone feminine. So we get un gros chien / une grosse araignée.
18
And this fat spider, it's mine.
Et cette grosse araignée, c'est la
mienne.
(eh sayt gross araynyeh, say la myayn.)
19
Have you noticed? We said la mienne for "mine" here. That's because "spider" is feminine in
French. When referring to a feminine word, "mine" becomes la mienne, "yours" becomes la
tienne, and "his" or "hers" becomes la sienne. Notice that it doesn’t matter who is speaking;
"mine" always agrees with what it refers to or replaces.
20
No, it's hers!
21
That mouse, it's yours.
22
cute
23
Mignonne is the feminine form of mignon.
24
Oh, she's cute!
25
ugly
26
Moche is another slang word you will hear quite often, meaning "ugly".
27
yuck
28
Yuck, this spider is ugly!
Non, c'est la sienne !
(no(n), say la syayn !)
Cette souris, c'est la tienne.
(sayt sooree, say la tyayn.)
mignonne
(meenyun)
Oh, elle est mignonne !
(o, aylay meenyun !)
moche
(mohsh)
beurk
(beurk)
Beurk, cette araignée est moche !
(beurk, sayt araynyeh ay mohsh !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
14
Where do your grandparents live?
Où vivent tes grands-parents ?
English
1
French
Where do your grandparents live?
Où vivent tes grands-parents ?
(Where live your grandparents?)
(oo veev tay gra(n)para(n) ?)
2
In French, we have three ways to ask a question. The first one is only for spoken French, with the
intonation going up: Vous habitez où ? (Where do you live?). The second one can be done only
with a wh-question word and inverting the subject-verb word order: Où habitez-vous ? (Where
do you live?). Finally, to form a yes/no question, you put est-ce que in front of the verb: Est-ce
que tu habites à Paris ? (Do you live in Paris?). In this chapter, we will see the one with whquestion words and inversion.
3
to live
4
they live
5
your grandparents
6
We have already learned the forms of the possessive “my,” "his/hers," and "their"; now we will
learn to say “your.” The masculine, feminine, and plural forms are, respectively, ton, ta, and
tes. Remember, the form agrees with the word that comes after it!
7
he lives
8
my grandfather lives
9
the South
10
in the South
11
My grandfather lives in the South.
12
The South of France is well-known for its cuisine, its singing accent, and its beautiful landscapes.
Major cities like Marseille, Toulouse, or Montpellier are worth a visit.
13
vivre
(veevr)
ils vivent
(eel veev)
tes grands-parents
(tay gra(n)para(n))
il vit
(eel vee)
mon grand-père vit
(mo(n) gra(n)payr vee)
le sud
(leuh sud)
dans le sud
(da(n) leuh sud)
Mon grand-père vit dans le sud.
(mo(n) gra(n)payr vee da(n) leuh sud.)
Where do your parents live?
Où vivent tes parents ?
(Where live your parents?)
(oo veev tay para(n) ?)
le nord
14
the North
15
My parents live in the North.
16
The North of France was not very popular before as it was a region with very high unemployment.
But things have changed, and cities like Lille are becoming increasingly popular with a growing
student population.
(leuh nor)
Mes parents vivent dans le nord.
(may para(n) veev da(n) leuh nor.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
15
English
17
18
French
l'est
the East
(layst)
Where does your aunt live?
Où vit ta tante?
(Where lives your aunt?)
(oo vee ta ta(n)t ?)
Ma tante vit dans l'est.
19
My aunt lives in the East.
20
The eastern region of Alsace has a German flavor, due to the fact that it neighbors Germany. It
permeates many aspects of culture from the cuisine to the accent, and even its architecture!
21
the West
22
And your uncle?
23
My uncle lives in the West.
24
L'Ouest de la France, or western France, includes vastly different regions such as Brittany,
famous for its crêpes and fishing industry, as well as the Basque country which borders Spain. It
has its own language, and even its own sport, jai alai, or pelote basque in French.
(ma ta(n)t vee da(n) layst.)
l'ouest
(lwayst)
Et ton oncle ?
(eh ton o(n)kl ?)
Mon oncle vit dans l'ouest.
(mon o(n)kl vee da(n) lwayst.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
16
Chapter 2: At Home
À la maison
Chapter 2: At Home
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Describe What Color Something Is
Refer to Furniture
Refer to General Places
Refer to Rooms and Locations in a House
Use Location and Relational Words
Correctly Position Adjectives
Understand Prepositional Phrases
Use Expressions with Avoir
Use the Imperative Form
Conversation
English
French
Bonjour! Entrez, entrez.
Hi, come in.
(bo(n)joor ! e(n)treh, e(n)treh.)
Donnez-moi votre manteau.
Please give me your coat.
(doneh-mwa votr ma(n)to.)
Merci. C'est magnifique chez vous !
Thank you. Your house is beautiful!
(mayrsee. say manyifeek sheh voo !)
J'adore la lampe rouge sur la petite table
dans l'entrée.
I love the red lamp on the little table in the
entrance.
(jador la la(n)p rooj sur la peuhteet tabl
da(n) la(n)treh.)
Merci. Je vous fais visiter ?
Thank you. Can I show you around?
(mayrsee. jeuh voo fay veezeeteh ?)
Alors, ici c'est le salon et par là la cuisine.
So, here is the living room and over there the
kitchen.
(alor, eesee say leuh salo(n) eh par la la
kweezeen.)
C'est très joli.
It's very pretty.
(say tray jolee.)
À gauche, dans le couloir, c'est mon
bureau et à droite la salle de bain.
To the left in the corridor, it's my office and to the
right the bathroom.
(A gohsh, da(n) leuh koolwar, say mo(n) buro
eh a drwat la sal deuh bu(n).)
C'est grand chez vous !
Your place is big!
(say gra(n) sheh voo !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
17
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
18
English
French
Oui, et nous avons trois chambres au
premier étage. Nous avons de la chance.
Yes, and we have three bedrooms on the second
floor. We are lucky.
(wee noo zavo(n) trwa cha(n)br o preumyehr
ehtaj. noo zavo(n)d la cha(n)s.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
19
I love the red lamp! J'adore la lampe rouge !
English
French
J'adore la lampe rouge !
1
I love the red lamp!
2
to love / to adore
3
I love
4
See how "I love" becomes j'adore in French and not je adore? That's because it would sound a
bit strange and be difficult to pronounce, so every time the pronoun je is in front of a vowel, we
take off the -e and replace it with an apostrophe. So "I have," for example, will become j'ai (and
not je ai).
5
the lamp
6
the red lamp
7
Beware: most adjectives in French follow the noun they modify and do not go before it like in
English! So we say la lampe rouge (the red lamp).
8
yellow
9
I love the yellow lamp!
10
pink
11
the chair
12
I love the pink chair!
13
green
14
I love the green chair.
15
Color adjectives work like any other adjective. They will take an extra -e in the feminine form and
the final consonant will be pronounced (vert / verte) and if it has an -e at the end already we
don't change anything (rouge / rouge). The plural is easy too: just add an "s" to all of them,
except marron and orange, which stay the same since they are also proper nouns (our brown is
really "chestnut"!).
16
And the green lamp too.
(jador la la(n)p rooj !)
adorer
(adoreh)
J'adore
(jador)
la lampe
(la la(n)p)
la lampe rouge
(la la(n)p rooj)
jaune
(jone)
J'adore la lampe jaune !
(jador la la(n)p jone !)
rose
(rose)
la chaise
(la shayz)
J'adore la chaise rose !
(jador la shayz rose !)
verte
(vayrt)
J'adore la chaise verte.
(jador la shayz vayrt.)
Et la lampe verte aussi.
(eh la la(n)p vayrt osee.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
20
English
French
le canapé
17
the sofa
18
And the sofa is super!
19
the bed
20
"White" is an exception and changes in the feminine form: blanc (masculine) / blanche
(feminine).
21
I love the white bed with the white lamp.
22
the wall
23
wow
24
25
26
27
(leuh kanapeh)
Et le canapé est super !
(eh leuh kanapeh ay supayr !)
le lit
(leuh lee)
J'adore le lit blanc avec la lampe
blanche.
(jador leuh lee bla(n) avek la la(n)p
bla(n)sh.)
le mur
(leuh mur)
ouah
(wah)
Wow, the black wall - super!
Ouah, super le mur noir !
(Wow, super the black wall!)
(wah, supayr leuh muhr nwar !)
nice
pas mal
(not bad)
(pa mal)
The blue chair - nice!
Pas mal la chaise bleue !
(Not bad the blue chair!)
(pa mal la shayz bleuh !)
Here "blue" takes an -e because it's feminine, but phonetically it doesn't change anything: bleu /
bleue.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
21
It's on the small table in the entrance.
C'est sur la petite table dans l'entrée.
English
French
C'est sur la petite table dans l'entrée.
1
It's on the small table in the entrance.
2
the table
3
the small table
4
Oops! French is full of irregularities (to the great pleasure of its students!). Here, as you noticed,
"small" goes in front of the noun. Certain adjectives are placed before the noun, some of which
you can memorize with the acronym "BAGS": Beauty - Age - Good & bad - Size. We'll see in
other lessons how the position can change the meaning as well.
5
Sur and dans are examples of what we call prepositions of place, which are used to locate
something. We are going to see more in this lesson.
6
the entrance
7
The picture is on the wall.
8
under
9
under the table
10
next to
11
It's next to the table.
12
the kitchen
13
The kitchen is next to the small table.
14
between
15
It's between the table and the sofa.
16
behind
(say sur la peuhteet tabl da(n) le(n)treh.)
la table
(la tabl)
la petite table
(la peuhteet tabl)
l'entrée
(la(n)treh)
La photo est sur le mur.
(la foto ay sur leuh mur.)
sous
(soo)
sous la table
(soo la tabl)
à côté de
(a koteh deuh)
C'est à côté de la table.
(say a koteh deuh la tabl.)
la cuisine
(la kweezeen)
La cuisine est à côté de la petite table.
(La kweezeen ayt a kotehd la peuteet
tabl.)
entre
(e(n)tr)
C'est entre la table et le canapé.
(sayt e(n)tr la tabl eh leuh kanapeh.)
derrière
(dehreeayr)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
22
English
French
la porte
17
the door
18
behind the entrance door
19
old
20
Petite and vieux (masculine) / vieille (feminine) are BAGS adjectives (Size and Age,
respectively) and go in front of the noun.
21
In French, "behind" (derrière) can be used alone without needing to specify what it is behind. We
could translate this usage of it as "in the back." Try here with this sentence.
22
The old entrance door is in the back.
23
in front of
24
the house
25
The cat is in front of the house.
26
pretty
27
Joli is another BAGS adjective (Beauty).
28
The pretty horse is behind the house.
(la port)
derrière la porte d'entrée
(dehreeayr la port da(n)treh)
vieux / vieille
(vyeuh / vyaye)
La vieille porte d'entrée est derrière.
(la vyaye port da(n)treh ay dehreeayr.)
devant
(deuhva(n))
la maison
(la mayzo(n))
Le chat est devant la maison.
(leuh sha ay deuhva(n) la mayzo(n).)
joli
(jolee)
Le joli cheval est derrière la maison.
(leuh jolee sheuhval ay dehreeayr la
mayzo(n).)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
23
Give me your coat. Donnez-moi votre manteau.
English
French
Donnez-moi votre manteau.
1
Give me your coat.
2
to give
3
you give
4
give
5
Here is a new verb mood in French, the imperative (l'impératif), which we saw very briefly in the
previous unit. We use the imperative to give an order, make a request, express a desire, but also
to offer advice or recommend something. It only has three forms: tu, nous, and vous, and most
of the conjugations are the same as the present tense; the only difference is that the subject
pronoun is not used in the imperative: tu donnes / donne !; vous donnez / donnez !; nous
donnons / donnons !
6
give me
7
a coat
8
Although in English the difference between an order ("give me your coat") and a request or an
offer ("please give me your coat") lies in the use of "please," in French it is not necessary. It's all
in the intonation and it is perfectly polite to just say "give me your coat" with a friendly tone.
9
to come in
10
Do you remember? In addition to formally addressing one person, vous is also used to speak to
more than one person regardless of the formality - just like in the sentence that is coming up
now.
11
Come in, come in!
12
Come in!
13
As you can see, we use the present tense of the verb without the subject to form the imperative.
Another difference, only evident in written French, is that the "you" singular form (tu) doesn't take
an -s at the end: entre (come in).
14
Eat!
15
Let's eat now!
(doneh-mwa votr ma(n)to.)
donner
(doneh)
vous donnez
(voo doneh)
donnez
(doneh)
donnez-moi
(doneh-mwa)
un manteau
(u(n) ma(n)toh)
entrer
(e(n)treh)
Entrez, entrez !
(e(n)treh, e(n)treh !)
entre !
(e(n)tr !)
Mangez !
(ma(n)jeh !)
Mangeons maintenant !
(ma(n)jo(n) mu(n)tna(n) !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
24
So, here is the living room and over there the
kitchen.
Alors, ici c'est le salon et par là la cuisine.
English
French
Alors, ici c'est le salon et par là la
cuisine.
1
So, here is the living room and over there the
kitchen.
2
In Paris, people usually live in rather small apartments (compared to American standards!). But
in other cities in France or in the countryside, people can afford bigger apartments or a house.
For example, a one-bedroom in the center of Paris can cost 400,000 dollars, which could buy you
a lovely four-bedroom farmhouse in the countryside in Burgundy!
3
the living room
4
(alor, eesee say leuh salo(n) eh par la la
kweezeen.)
le salon
(leuh salo(n))
Here is the living room.
Ici, c'est le salon.
(Here, it is the living room.)
(eesee say leuh salo(n).)
par là
5
over there
6
upstairs
7
the bedroom
8
the bedrooms
9
Upstairs, there are the bedrooms.
10
There are all sorts of homes in France: the little ones you find in the suburbs are called
"pavillons" and are usually one story, with a small plot of land in the back. In villages, people
tend to have larger two-story homes with yards and often a small vegetable garden. In cities, you
won't find many town homes, but rather apartments, often without an elevator to get to upper
levels, or with a very small one.
11
downstairs
12
Downstairs, there is the entrance.
13
Downstairs, there is the living room and the
kitchen.
14
to the left of
15
To the left of the kitchen, there is the living
room.
16
to the right of
(par la)
en haut
(ah(n) o)
la chambre
(la sha(n)br)
les chambres
(lay sha(n)br)
En haut, il y a les chambres.
(ah(n) o, eel ya lay sha(n)br.)
en bas
(ah(n) ba)
En bas, il y a l'entrée.
(ah(n) ba, eel ya le(n)treh.)
En bas, il y a le salon et la cuisine.
(ah(n) ba, eel ya leuh salo(n) eh la
kweezeen.)
à gauche de
(a gohsh deuh)
À gauche de la cuisine, il y a le salon.
(A gohsh deuh la kweezeen, eel yal
salo(n).)
à droite de
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
25
16
to the right of
(a drwat deuh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
26
English
French
la salle de bain
17
the bathroom
18
Don't be surprised if you go to someone's home and don't see a toilet in the bathroom! In
France, we often have two separate bathrooms: one small one, les toilettes, with a toilet and
little sink, and a larger salle de bain with a tub and large sink, but no toilet.
19
Although both types of bathrooms can be found inside a home, let's practice the term salle de
bain for the rest of this chapter.
(la sal deuh bu(n))
À droite de la salle de bain, il y a les
chambres.
20
To the right of the bathroom, there are the
bedrooms.
21
Contrary to Americans, French people tend to take more baths than showers. That's why you
won't often find a shower stall in French homes: people just sit down to bathe or shower in the tub.
22
To the left, it's the living room.
23
Oops - did you use de after à gauche? Just like in English, you only need to use de when you're
saying where it is in relation to something else: compare "to the left" (à gauche) with "to the left
of" something (à gauche de).
24
To the right, it's my bedroom.
25
Remember in Unit One, we saw sentences like "I owe you" (je vous dois) or "you help me" (vous
m'aidez) where we talked about object pronouns (those receiving the action) going before the
verb in French? Well, here is another example: "I make you" will become "I you make" in French.
Try it!
26
I make you
27
to visit
28
29
(A drwat deuh la sal deuh bu(n), eel ya
lay sha(n)br.)
À gauche, c'est le salon.
(a gohsh, say leuh salo(n).)
À droite, c'est ma chambre.
(a drwat, say ma sha(n)br.)
Je vous fais
(jeuh voo fay)
visiter
(visiteh)
Can I show you around?
Je vous fais visiter ?
(I make you visit?)
(jeuh voo fay veeseeteh ?)
There are many expressions in French with the verb faire. A lot of them deal with the household,
like faire le ménage (to clean the house) or faire la cuisine (to cook). It is also used with
sports or leisure activities: faire du ski (to go skiing) or faire du vélo (to go cycling). As you
can see, even though faire literally means "to do" or "to make," it often does not translate as
such!
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
27
We have three bedrooms on the second floor.
Nous avons trois chambres au premier étage.
English
French
Nous avons trois chambres au premier
étage.
1
We have three bedrooms on the second floor.
2
we have
3
on
4
Remember that au is a contraction of à plus le. We saw this preposition in an earlier chapter,
where it meant "to the" (as in, "I'm going to the supermarket") but it can be translated by a
variety of English prepositions, including "on the," "in the," and "at". Don't worry; you'll usually
know what it means by the context of the sentence!
5
(noo zavo(n) trwa cha(n)br o preuhmyehr
ehtaj.)
nous avons
(noo zavo(n))
au
(o)
the second floor
le premier étage
(the first floor)
(leuh preuhmyehr ehtaj)
6
Here's a bit of a cultural difference: in France, what Americans refer to as "the second floor" is
actually called "the first floor," or le premier étage! So remember that if someone mentions le
premier étage, it means you have to take the stairs or elevator to get to it!
7
the office
8
Where is the office?
9
le bureau
(leuh buro)
Où est le bureau ?
(oo ay leuh buro ?)
the first floor
le rez-de-chaussée
(the ground floor)
(leuh rehdeuhshoseh)
10
Here's another little quirky fact: in France, the ground floor is not referred to as "the first floor" like
in the US. It is called the rez-de-chaussée (literally, "close to the ground"), then you go up the
stairs to the first floor, then the second floor and so on...
11
The office is on the ground floor.
12
13
14
15
16
Le bureau est au rez-de-chaussée.
(leuh buro ay to rehdeuhshoseh.)
The bedrooms are on the second floor.
Les chambres sont au premier étage.
(The bedrooms are on the first floor.)
(lay sha(n)br so(n) to preuhmyehr ehtaj.)
a basement
un sous-sol
(an under-ground)
(u(n) soosol)
Vous avez un sous-sol ?
Do you have a basement?
(voo zaveh u(n) soosol ?)
the wine cellar
la cave
(the cave)
(la kav)
Oui, et nous avons une cave aussi !
Yes, and we have a wine cellar too!
(wee, eh noo zavo(n) une kav osee !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
28
English
French
17
It's not uncommon for French people with a large house to have a wine cellar in their basement to
keep the wine bottles cool and away from too much light.
18
the stairs
19
And the stairs?
20
They are here.
les escaliers
(lay zeskalyeh)
Et les escaliers ?
(eh lay zeskalyeh ?)
Ils sont ici.
(eel so(n) teesee.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
29
Yes, we are lucky. Oui, nous avons de la chance.
English
1
French
Yes, we are lucky.
Oui, nous avons de la chance.
(Yes, we have luck.)
(wee, noo zavo(n)d la cha(n)s.)
de la chance
2
luck
3
Be careful, in French, we "are" not lucky (or hungry or thirsty or tired) but instead we "have" all
these things. For these expressions we use the verb "to have" instead of "to be" like in English:
J'ai de la chance (I'm lucky), j'ai faim (I'm hungry), j'ai soif (I'm thirsty) or j'ai sommeil (I'm
sleepy).
4
thirst
5
J'ai soif.
(jay swaf.)
7
please
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
(swaf)
(I have thirst.)
a glass of water
9
soif
I'm thirsty.
6
8
(deuh la cha(n)s)
un verre d'eau
(u(n) vayr doh)
s'il te plaît
(seel teuh play)
I'm thirsty. Give me a glass of water, please.
J'ai soif. Donne-moi un verre d'eau, s'il
te plaît.
(jay swaf. dun-mwa u(n) vayr doh, seel
teuh play.)
I'm lucky.
J'ai de la chance.
(I have luck.)
(jayd la sha(n)s.)
I'm lucky, it's big!
J'ai de la chance, c'est grand !
(I have luck, it's big!)
(jayd la sha(n)s, say gra(n) !)
sommeil
sleep
(somay)
I'm sleepy.
J'ai sommeil.
(I have sleep.)
(jay somay)
In French, we go "in" the rooms and not "to" the rooms! So "to go to the bedroom" is actually "to
go in the bedroom" (aller dans la chambre).
I'm sleepy. I'm going to my bedroom.
J'ai sommeil, je vais dans ma chambre.
(I have sleep. I go in my bedroom.)
(jay somay, jeuh vay da(n) ma sha(n)br.)
faim
hunger
(fa(n))
I'm hungry.
J'ai faim.
(I have hunger.)
(jay fa(n).)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
30
English
17
French
J'ai faim, je vais dans la cuisine.
I'm hungry. I'm going to the kitchen.
(jay fa(n), jeuh vay da(n) la kweezeen.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
31
Your place is beautiful!
C'est magnifique chez vous !
English
1
2
French
Your place is beautiful!
C'est magnifique chez vous !
(It's magnificent at your place!)
(say manyeefeek sheh voo !)
gorgeous / beautiful
magnifique
(magnificent)
(manyifeek)
chez
3
at
4
at your place
5
Chez is a little French preposition that is very useful! It can mean "to the house of": je vais
chez moi (I'm going to my house) or "at/to the office/store of": je vais chez le dentiste (I'm
going to the dentist).
6
big
7
Do you recall that grand can also mean "tall" when describing a person?
8
9
10
11
(sheh)
chez vous
(sheh voo)
grand
(gra(n))
Your place is big!
C'est grand chez vous !
(It's big at your place!)
(say gra(n) sheh voo !)
Your place is really nice!
C'est super chez vous !
(It's super at your place!)
(say supayr sheh voo !)
chez moi
at my place
(sheh mwa)
My place is small.
Chez moi, c'est petit.
(At my place, it's small.)
(sheh mwa, say peuhtee.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
32
Chapter 3: Small Talk
Chapter 3: Small Talk
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Accept an Invitation
Politely Decline an Invitation
Share Likes and Dislikes
Talk About Careers and Professions
Talk About Hobbies
Construct the Past Tense
Form the Near Future Tense
Know How to Use Savoir vs Connaître
Understand the Use of C'est
Use Some French Abbreviations
Conversation
English
French
Tu vas au dîner chez Pierre ce soir ?
Are you going to Pierre's dinner tonight?
(tu va o deeneh sheh pyayr seuh swar ?)
Ils vont pas regarder le foot ?
Aren't they going to watch soccer?
(eel vo(n) pa reuhgardeh leuh foot ?)
Heu oui, tu connais Pierre, c'est un fan du
PSG !
Um yes, you know Pierre, he's a fan of the PSG!
(euh, wee, tu konay pyayr, say tu(n) fan du
peh ess jeh !)
Oh, tu sais quoi ? Mon mari a trouvé du
travail au service clientèle du BHV.
Oh, you know what? My husband found work at
BHV customer service.
(o, tu say kwa ? mo(n) maree ah trooveh du
travai o sehrvees kleea(n)tayl du beh ash
veh.)
C'est super ! Amène le ce soir.
That's great! Bring him tonight.
(say supayr ! amayn leuh seuh swar.)
Tu sais, il n'est pas trop fan et veux
surtout avoir une soirée tranquille.
You know, he is not a big fan and really wants to
have a relaxing evening.
(tu say, eel nay pa tro fan eh veuh surtoo
avwar une swareh tra(n)keel.)
Non merci, c'est gentil, une autre fois. Il
est très fatigué avec ce nouveau boulot.
No, thanks, it's nice of you, another time. He's
very tired with this new job.
(no(n) mayrsee, say jah(n)tee, une otr fwa.
eel ay tray fateegeh avek seuh noovo
boolo.)
Je comprends, pas de problème, mais
venez la prochaine fois, d'accord ?
I understand, no problem. But come the next
time, okay ?
(jeuh ko(n)pre(n), pad problaym, may
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
33
veuhneh la prochayn fwa, dakor ?)
Oui, promis ! Passe le bonjour à Pierre.
Yes, I promise! Say hi to Pierre for me.
(wee, promee ! pass leuh bo(n)joor a pyayr.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
34
Aren't they going to watch soccer?
Ils vont pas regarder le foot ?
English
1
French
Aren't they going to watch soccer?
Ils vont pas regarder le foot ?
(They aren't going to watch the soccer?)
(eel vo(n) pa reuhgardeh leuh foot ?)
2
Another thing we do a lot when speaking is to not use the negation ne...pas as a whole and drop
the ne. So, ils ne vont pas regarder becomes ils vont pas regarder. Je ne sais pas (I
don't know) becomes je sais pas. Although we drop the ne, we never drop the pas!
3
they go / they are going to
4
to watch
5
they are going to watch
6
We already saw in Unit 1 the near future with "I'm going to eat" (je vais manger). As we
mentioned, the near future in French is very similar to English: we use a form of the verb "to go"
(aller) and then the verb. The only difference is, as the "-ing" form doesn't exist in French, we just
say "I go eat" (je vais manger). Here we use it with another form of the verb "to go": "they go
watch" (ils vont regarder).
7
the soccer
8
Le foot is short for "football" or what is called soccer on the other side of the Atlantic. In oral
French, we tend to abbreviate words a lot by dropping one or more syllables: le foot for "soccer",
un imper (imperméable) for "raincoat," and so on. Sometimes we add an "o" at the end: un
apéro (un apéritif) for "cocktail"--a drink before dinner.
9
you go / you are going to
10
at Pierre's
11
12
ils vont
(eel vo(n))
regarder
(reuhgardeh)
ils vont regarder
(eel vo(n) reuhgardeh)
le foot
(leuh foot)
tu vas
(tu va)
chez Pierre
(cheh pyayr)
Are you going to have dinner at Pierre's?
Tu vas dîner chez Pierre ?
(You are going to have dinner at Pierre's?)
(tu va deeneh cheh pyayr ?)
Aren't you going to have dinner at Pierre's?
Tu vas pas dîner chez Pierre ?
(You aren't going to have dinner at Pierre's?)
(tu va pa deeneh cheh pyayr ?)
13
Aren't you going to eat at Pierre's tonight?
14
he goes / he is going to
15
Vous allez pas manger chez Pierre ce
soir ?
(voo zaleh pa ma(n)jeh cheh pyayr seuh
swar ?)
il va
(eel va)
Is he going to watch soccer at Pierre's
tonight?
Il va regarder le foot chez Pierre ce soir
?
(He is going to watch the soccer at Pierre's
tonight?)
(eel va reuhgardeh leuh foot cheh pyayr
seuh swar ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
35
English
French
16
You might have noticed it before, but in French we put articles...well, nearly everywhere! Singular
or plural - articles are mandatory! Whereas in English we just say "soccer," we say LE football in
French. It's the same for the plural: English doesn't need an article (e.g., "I eat apples"), but in
French, there's no choice - we have to put one: Je mange des pommes.
17
to spend
18
an evening
19
quiet
20
a quiet evening
21
No, he's going to spend a quiet evening at
home.
22
he wants
23
above all
24
passer
(paseh)
une soirée
(une swareh)
tranquille
(tra(n)keel)
une soirée tranquille
(une swareh tra(n)keel)
Non, il va passer une soirée tranquille à
la maison.
(no(n), eel va paseh une swareh
tra(n)keel a la mayzo(n).)
il veut
(eel veuh)
surtout
(surtoo)
No, what he wants above all is to spend a
quiet evening.
Non, il veut surtout passer une soirée
tranquille.
(No, he wants above all to spend a quiet
evening.)
(no(n), eel veuh surtoo paseh une
swareh tra(n)keel.)
je vais
25
I go / I am going to
26
to swim
27
I'm going to swim at Sophie's.
28
work
29
Le boulot is slang for le travail (work) and is very commonly used in spoken French. A very
well-known idiom came about in the 80s: métro, boulot, dodo, "metro, work, sleep"--an idiom
that encompassed what the materialistic 80s were. Take the metro in the morning, go to work all
day, then come back home and sleep! It's similar to the English phrases "the daily grind" and
"work work work." Some parts of French culture aren't very different after all!
30
I am going to swim at Sophie's tonight after
work.
(jeuh vay)
nager
(najeh)
Je vais nager chez Sophie.
(jeuh vay najeh cheh sofee)
le boulot
(leuh boolo)
Je vais nager chez Sophie ce soir après
le boulot.
(jeuh veh najeh cheh sofee seuh swar
apray leuh boolo.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
36
Um yes, you know Pierre, he's a fan of the PSG!
Heu oui, tu connais Pierre, c'est un fan du PSG !
English
French
Heu oui, tu connais Pierre, c'est un fan
du PSG !
1
Um yes, you know Pierre, he's a fan of the
PSG!
2
to know
3
you know
4
a fan
5
he's
6
C'est is used in French in so many ways that we can't translate it with only one form in English.
As we saw previously, it's a form that we use to present someone, C'est Marie (It's Mary), or to
stress information, Ça, c'est mon père (That is my father). It is also used with nouns modified
by an article or adjective:C'est une bonne idée ! (It's a good idea!), C'est un fan de foot !
(He's a soccer fan!).
7
He's a fan of the PSG.
8
Soccer fans might already know what PSG means! As for the others, PSG is the big soccer team
of Paris (Paris Saint Germain). Another big one is the OM (Olympique de Marseille). As
there is always a bit of rivalry between Paris and Marseille, it can be quite heated when the two
soccer teams meet!
9
10
11
12
(euh, wee, tu konay pyayr, say tu(n) fan
du peh ess jeh !)
connaître
(konaytr)
tu connais
(tu konay)
un fan
(u(n) fan)
c'est
(say)
C'est un fan du PSG.
(sayt u(n) fan du peh ess jeh.)
He's crazy about soccer.
Il est fan de foot.
(He's fan of soccer.)
(eel ay fan deuh foot.)
Here, we used the construction Il est fan de... without the un/une.
He's not crazy about the PSG.
Il n'est pas fan du PSG.
(He's not fan of the PSG.)
(eel nay pa fan du peh ess jeh.)
He's not really crazy about soccer.
Il n'est pas trop fan de foot.
(He's not too fan of soccer.)
(eel nay pa tro fan deuh foot.)
13
Être fan de or ne pas être fan de is colloquial French to say that we are crazy or not crazy
about something. Il n'est pas trop fan de foot is a polite yet colloquial way to say that he
doesn't like football.
14
she loves
15
the TV
16
Here is another example of an abbreviated word: la télé for la télévision.
17
elle adore
(ayl adohr)
la télé
(la tehleh)
She loves watching TV!
Elle adore regarder la télé !
(She loves to watch the TV!)
(ayl adohr reuhgardeh la tehleh !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
37
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
38
English
French
incroyable
18
unbelievable
19
A (TV) show
20
Remember how to say "this" or "that" in front of a feminine word in French? Try it here then!
(u(n)krwayabl)
une émission (de télé)
(une ehmeesyo(n) (deuh tehleh))
C'est incroyable, elle adore cette
émission !
21
It's unbelievable, she loves that TV show!
22
Um yes, you know Mary, she's a fan of "Secret
Story"!
23
France has its lot of reality shows; many are just copied from American models (not from the best
ones unfortunately!). "Secret Story" is one reality show inspired by "Big Brother."
24
a TV series
25
She also watches the series "Gossip Girl".
26
Chances are you won't feel too lost if you turn on the TV in France: most popular American series
like "Lost," "Desperate Housewives," or "CSI" (Les Experts in French) are also huge hits over
there!
27
to prefer
28
I prefer
29
the news
30
Although we do have some news channels like CNN that broadcast news all day (LCI is one of
them), French people are still faithful to the 1pm and especially the 8pm newscasts on the main
channels: TF1, France 2, and France 3. These newscasts, often referred to as le JT (short for
Journal Télévisé), last about 30 minutes and cover everything from international events and
politics to French news and culture.
31
Me, I prefer to watch the news!
(mwa, jeuh prehfayr reuhgardeh leuh jee
teh !)
to go cycling
faire du vélo
(to do some bike)
(fayr du vehlo)
(say tu(n)krwayabl, ayl adohr sayt
ehmeesyo(n) !)
Heu oui, tu connais Marie, c'est une fan
de "Secret Story" !
(euh wee, tu konay mahree, say tune fan
deuh "secret story")
une série télé
(une sehree tehleh)
Elle regarde aussi la série "Gossip Girl".
(ayl reuhgard osee la sehree "gossip
girl")
préférer
(prehfehreh)
je préfère
(jeuh prehfayr)
le JT
(leuh jee teh)
Moi, je préfère regarder le JT !
32
33
Ma sœ ur préfère faire du vélo.
My sister prefers to go cycling.
(ma seuhr prehfayr fayr du vehlo.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
39
My husband found work at the BHV customer
service.
Mon mari a trouvé du travail au service clientèle
du BHV.
1
2
3
English
French
My husband found work at the BHV customer
service.
Mon mari a trouvé du travail au service
clientèle du BHV.
(My husband has found work at the customer
service of the BHV.)
(mo(n) mahree a trooveh du travai o
sehrvees kleeye(n)tayl du beh ash veh.)
trouver
to find
(trooveh)
he found
il a trouvé
(he has found)
(eel a trooveh)
4
This verb phrase is conjugated in a past tense that we use a lot in French when talking about
actions or events in the past, le passé composé. If you're familiar with grammar, you'll notice it
is constructed a bit like the present perfect in English. It contains the auxiliary "to have" plus the
main verb in its past participle form. The past participle form of all the -er verbs ends in -é:
trouver-trouvé / manger-mangé. So for example you'll find: il a mangé ( "he ate" or "he has
eaten").
5
a job / work
6
un travail
(u(n) travai)
My husband found work.
Mon mari a trouvé du travail.
(My husband has found some work.)
(mo(n) mahree a trooveh du travai.)
7
Did you remember? We've seen before that when de is placed in front of le it contracts to
become du (so we don't say de le travail but du travail) and when it is in front of les it
becomes des. But in front of the feminine la it doesn't change.
8
the customer service
le service clientèle
(leuh sehrvees kleeye(n)tayl)
Il a trouvé du travail au service
clientèle.
9
He found work at the customer service.
10
Aha! And did you remember this one? À followed by le becomes au, and à followed by les
becomes aux. So we say au service, and we would say aux services if it were plural (here only
the spelling changes, not the pronunciation). But again, following the same logic as de, when it is
in front of a feminine word it doesn't contract.
11
the BHV
12
Le Bazar de l'Hôtel de Ville, or BHV, is one of the beautiful department stores on the rue de
Rivoli (a famous street that goes all the way from the heart of ancient Paris to the Louvre
Museum and the park le Jardin des Tuileries). The BHV is well known for its building supply
store, but you can actually find everything there, from books for children to the latest trendy
dress!
13
to know
(eel a trooveh du travai o sehrvees
kleeye(n)tayl.)
le BHV
(leuh beh ash veh)
savoir
(savwar)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
40
14
tu sais
you know
(tu say)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
41
English
15
16
17
18
19
French
You must wonder why we once again translated this verb as "to know" in English. That's because
French has two verbs that mean "to know": savoir and connaître. Savoir is used when you
know a fact or when you know how to do something: Je sais où il est (I know where he is) or Je
sais lire (I know how to read). Connaître is used when you know a person or when you are
familiar with a person or a thing: Tu connais Pierre? (You know Pierre?).
I found
j'ai trouvé
(I have found)
(jay trooveh)
Oh you know what? I found a job!
Oh tu sais quoi ? J'ai trouvé du travail !
(Oh you know what? I have found some work!)
(o tu say kwa ? jay trooveh du travai !)
Here the verb has a past participle in "-u": perdre-perdu. It is the case for a lot of verbs ending
in "-re": entendre (to hear) becomes entendu; attendre (to wait) becomes attendu;
répondre (to answer) becomes répondu, etc.
he lost
il a perdu
(he has lost)
(eel a pehrdu)
20
Don't confuse bein with bien, which look almost identical and have the same translation. Bein is
simply an interjection meaning "Well..." or "Uh..." whereas bien is the adverb that directly
corresponds to "well" in most other cases.
21
well
22
23
24
25
26
bein
(bu(n))
Oh tu connais Pierre ? Bein il a perdu
son travail !
Oh you know Pierre? Well, he lost his job!
(Oh you know Pierre? Well, he has lost his job!)
(o tu konay pyayr ? bu(n) eel a pehrdu
so(n) travai !)
chercher
to look for
(shehrsheh)
He's going to look for a job.
Il va chercher du travail.
(He goes to look for some job.)
(eel va chehrcheh du travahi.)
un journaliste
a reporter
(u(n) joornaleest)
He's a reporter.
Il est journaliste.
(He's reporter.)
(eel ay joornaleest.)
27
Oops! When talking about professions in French, we don't add "a" or "an" in front of it. We simply
say the noun: Il est journaliste.
28
a doctor
29
She is a doctor.
30
to work
31
she works
32
an institute
un médecin
(u(n) mehdsu(n))
Elle est médecin.
(ayl ay mehdsu(n).)
travailler
(travahyeh)
elle travaille
(ayl travai)
un institut
(un u(n)steetu)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
42
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
43
English
French
un professeur
33
a teacher
34
Professeur (teacher) is also often abbreviated to prof: un prof de français (a teacher of
French).
35
(u(n) profehseuhr)
She works in an institute. She's a French
teacher.
Elle travaille dans un institut. Elle est
prof de français.
(She works in an institute. She's a teacher of
French.)
(ayl travai da(n) zu(n) nu(n)steetu. ayl ay
prof deuh fra(n)say.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
44
Yes, thanks. With pleasure!
Oui, merci, avec plaisir !
English
1
Yes, thanks. With pleasure!
2
the pleasure
3
French
Oui, merci, avec plaisir !
(wee, mayrsee avek playzeer !)
le plaisir
(leuh playzeer)
Are you coming for dinner at Pierre's?
Tu viens dîner chez Pierre ?
(You come dinner at Pierre's?)
(tu vyu(n) deeneh cheh pyayr ?)
4
Yes, thanks, how nice!
5
an idea
6
a good idea
7
Why not?
Oui, merci, c'est gentil !
(wee, mayrsee, say jah(n)tee !)
une idée
(une eedeh)
une bonne idée
(une bun eedeh)
Pourquoi pas ?
(poorkwa pa ?)
Oui, pourquoi pas ? C'est une bonne
idée !
8
Yes, why not? It's a good idea!
9
And here comes another commonly used abbreviated form. Ciné for "movies" is short for
cinéma.
10
11
(wee, poorkwa pa ? say tune bonn eedeh
!)
Are you coming to the movies tonight ?
Tu viens au ciné ce soir ?
(You come to the cinema this night?)
(tu vyu(n) o seeneh seuh swar ?)
D'accord, avec plaisir.
Okay, with pleasure.
(dakor, avek playzeer.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
45
No, thanks, it's kind of you, perhaps another time.
Non, merci, c'est gentil, une autre fois peut-être.
English
French
1
No, thanks, it's kind of you, perhaps another
time.
2
another time
3
sorry
4
I'm sorry. Perhaps another time.
5
I am not available.
Non, merci, c'est gentil, une autre fois
peut-être.
(no(n), mayrsee, say jah(n)tee, une otr
fwa peuhtaytr.)
une autre fois
(une otr fwa)
désolé(e)
(dehzoleh)
Je suis désolé. Une autre fois peut-être.
6
7
8
9
10
(jeuh swee dehzoleh. une otr fwa
peuhtaytr.)
Je ne suis pas libre.
(jeuhn swee pa leebr.)
I'm sorry. I'm not available tonight.
(jeuh swee dehzoleh, jeuh neuh swee pa
leebr seuh swar.)
I'm sorry
je regrette
(I regret)
(jeuh reuhgrayt)
possible
possible
(poseebl)
I'm sorry, it's not possible.
Je regrette, ce n'est pas possible.
(I regret, it's not possible.)
(jeuh reuhgrayt, seuh nay pa poseebl.)
Je ne peux pas.
I can not.
(jeuhn peuh pa.)
11
Thanks, it's kind of you but I can't tonight.
12
busy
13
I'm busy.
14
Je suis désolée, je ne suis pas libre ce
soir.
Merci, c'est gentil mais je ne peux pas
ce soir.
(mayrsee, say jah(n)tee may jeuhn peuh
pa seuh swar.)
occupé(e)
(okupeh)
Je suis occupée.
(jeuh swee zokupeh.)
I'm sorry, I'm busy.
Je regrette, je suis occupé.
(I regret, I'm busy.)
(jeuh reuhgrayt, jeuh swee zokupeh.)
15
tired
16
Sorry, I'm tired.
fatigué(e)
(fateegeh)
Désolée, je suis fatiguée.
(dehzoleh, jeuh swee fateegeh.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
46
English
17
French
exhausted
crevé(e)
(punctured)
(kreuhveh)
18
In colloquial French, to say we are exhausted, we often say that we are "punctured" like a flat tire!
19
new
20
nouveau / nouvelle
(noovo / noovayl)
Désolé, je suis crevé avec ce nouveau
boulot.
Sorry, I'm exhausted with this new job.
(dehzoleh, jeuh swee kreuhveh avek
seuh noovo boolo.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
47
Yes, I promise! Say hi to Pierre for me.
Oui, promis ! Passe le bonjour à Pierre.
English
1
2
French
Yes, I promise! Say hi to Pierre for me.
Oui, promis ! Passe le bonjour à Pierre.
(Yes, promise! Pass the goodmorning to
Pierre.)
(wee, promee ! pass leuh bo(n)joor a
pyayr.)
I promise
promis
(promise)
(promee)
passer
3
to pass
4
Remember that we saw passer before? It's one of many French verbs that has different
meanings. Here it means "to pass," but it can also mean "to spend," as in "spend a quiet evening
at home." French is full of these idiomatic expressions!
5
pass
6
passe
(pas)
say hi
passe le bonjour
(pass the goodmorning)
(pass leuh bo(n)joor)
7
next
8
a time
9
(paseh)
prochaine
(prochayn)
une fois
(une fwa)
Will you come next time?
Tu viens la prochaine fois ?
(You come the next time?)
(tu vyu(n) la prochayn fwa?)
venir
10
to come
11
Yes, I promise, I am going to come!
12
to bring
13
bring (imperative)
14
And bring your husband.
15
him
16
Le is what we call a direct object pronoun--a pronoun that we use to avoid repetition when talking
about people or things. In the following chapters we are going to see more of these.
17
Bring him.
(veuneer)
Oui, promis, je vais venir !
(wee, promee, jeuh vay veuhneer !)
amener
(amneh)
amène
(amayn)
Et amène ton mari.
(eh amayn to(n) mahree.)
le
(leuh)
Amène le.
(amayn leuh.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
48
English
18
19
French
Amène le ce soir.
Bring him tonight.
(amayn leuh seuh swar.)
everybody
tout le monde
(all the world)
(too leuh mo(n)d)
Et passe le bonjour à tout le monde.
20
And say hi to everybody.
(eh pass leuh bo(n)joor a too leuh
mo(n)d.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
49
Chapter 4: Dating
Chapter 4: Dating
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Inquire About Somebody's Habits
Offer to Buy Somebody a Drink
Start a Conversation
Use Terms of Endearment
Practice the Direct Object Pronoun Te
Understand the Position of Adverbs in French
Use Some Reciprocal Verbs
Conversation
English
French
Pardon, il y a quelqu'un ici ?
Sorry, is this taken?
(pardo(n), eel ya kaylku(n) eesee ?)
Non, c'est libre.
No, go ahead.
(no(n), say leebr.)
Merci, moi c'est Erica.
Thanks, my name is Erica.
(mayrsee, mwa say ereeka.)
Tu viens souvent ici? J'ai l'impression de
t'avoir déjà vu.
Do you come here often? I think I've seen you
before.
(tu vyu(n) soovah(n) eesee ? jay
lu(n)prehsyo(n) deuh tavwar dehjah vu.)
Non, pas trop souvent, de temps en
temps avec mes amis.
No, not very often, from time to time with my
friends.
(no(n), pa tro soove(n), deuh te(n) ze(n) te(n)
avek may zahmee.)
Oh, et tu t'appelles comment ?
Oh, and what is your name?
(o, eh tu tapayl kome(n) ?)
Bastien. Je t'offre un verre ?
Bastien. Can I offer you a drink?
(bastyu(n). jeuh tofr u(n) vayr ?)
Oui, pourquoi pas? Avec plaisir !
Yes, why not? With pleasure!
(wee, poorkwa pa ? avek playzeer !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
50
Sorry, is this taken? Pardon, il y a quelqu'un ici ?
English
1
French
Sorry, is this taken?
Pardon, il y a quelqu'un ici ?
(Sorry, there is someone here?)
(pardo(n), eel ya kaylku(n) eesee ?)
quelqu'un
2
someone
3
here
4
taken
5
Sorry, is it taken?
6
to sit down
7
S'asseoir is a reflexive verb and could be translated as "to sit oneself down." With these verbs,
the pronoun always has to agree with its subject because the action is done to the subject itself.
When we use it in a two-verb construction, where the first one is conjugated and the second one
stays infinitive, the pronoun still agrees with its subject (although the reflexive verb is not
conjugated). English is a bit similar: "Can I wash myself?" (not "oneself") is Je peux me laver ?
8
I can sit down
9
there
10
Sorry, can I sit down there?
11
Got it? It does need a bit of practice to get used to it. Last but not least, here are the reflexive
pronouns: me/m', te/t', se/s', nous, vous, and se/s'. In the next line you'll have to use the
same two-verb construction but with the subject tu. So which pronoun will you use, knowing that
the verb begins with a vowel?
12
Yes, you can sit down there.
13
Of course, it's free!
(kaylku(n))
ici
(eesee)
pris
(pree)
Pardon, c'est pris ?
(pardo(n), say pree ?)
s'asseoir
(saswar)
je peux m'asseoir
(jeuh peuh maswar)
là
(la)
Pardon, je peux m'asseoir là ?
(pardo(n), jeuh peuh maswar la ?)
Oui, tu peux t'asseoir là.
(wee, tu peuh taswar la.)
Bien sûr, c'est libre !
(beea(n) sur, say leebr !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
51
Do you come here often? I think I've seen you
before.
Tu viens souvent ici ? J'ai l'impression de t'avoir
déjà vu.
English
1
French
Do you come here often? I think I've seen you
before.
Tu viens souvent ici ? J'ai l'impression
de t'avoir déjà vu.
(You come often here? I have the impression
of having seen you before.)
(tu vyu(n) soovah(n) eesee ? jay
lu(n)prehsyo(n) deuh tavwar dehja vu.)
2
If you date in France, you'll notice a somewhat less formal approach to dating. A first date will
often just be seen as friends getting together for drinks or a movie, and it might actually be with a
group of people and not one-on-one! You'll find that both French men and women are also more
forward, and say directly that they like you or would like to go out with you. It can be perceived as
a bit blunt at first, but really makes it easier to know if you like each other!
3
often
4
Do you often come here ?
5
As you can see, word order differs a bit from English to French. In French, adverbs are, most of
the time, placed directly after the verb: Je mange souvent au restaurant (I often eat at the
restaurant) or after the complement (often found at the end of the sentence): Je vais à Paris
demain (I'm going to Paris tomorrow). But beware, contrary to English it is never placed between
the subject and the verb.
6
an impression
7
before / already
8
have seen
9
having seen you
10
The little t' here is the direct object te (you). Direct objects are used when referring to people or
things and answer the questions "who?" or "what?" Notice that in French it is placed before the
verb. It contracts into t' because it comes before a vowel.
11
So how do you meet people in France? Basically the same way you do in the US, and that
includes online dating as well! The French dating equivalent to Match.com or eHarmony is called
meetic.fr and is growing in popularity. You'll also find that more and more people are on
Facebook.
12
13
souvent
(soovah(n))
Tu viens souvent ici ?
(tu vyu(n) soovah(n) eesee ?)
une impression
(une u(n)prehsyo(n))
déjà
(dehja)
avoir vu
(avwar vu)
t'avoir vu
(tavwar vu)
I think I’ve seen you before.
J'ai l'impression de t'avoir déjà vu.
(I have the impression of having before seen
you.)
(jay lu(n)prehsyo(n) deuh tavwar dehja
vu.)
As we've seen previously, the position of adverbs in French is slightly different and can be either
after the verb or at the end of a sentence. Things become a bit tricky when the verb is composed
of two elements, as it is here: avoir vu. In that case the adverb is squeezed in between the two:
avoir déjà vu. So for example, if we have the sentence: j'ai mangé (I have eaten) and want to
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
52
use the adverb déjà it will go in between: J'ai déjà mangé (I have already eaten).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
53
English
French
Oui, je viens souvent ici. Et toi ?
14
Yes, I often come here. And you?
15
not very often
16
No, not very often.
17
from time to time
18
a friend
(wee, jeuh vyu(n) soove(n) eesee. eh twa
?)
pas trop souvent
(pa tro soove(n))
Non, pas trop souvent.
(no(n) pa tro soove(n))
de temps en temps
(deuh te(n) ze(n) te(n))
un ami / une amie
(un ahmee / une ahmee)
Je viens de temps en temps avec mes
amis.
19
I come from time to time with my friends.
20
I often come with my (girl)friend.
21
Oops, did you say ma amie? Well, logically you would be right as "friend" here is feminine, but
when the feminine possessive adjectives ma, ta, or sa appear in front of a word beginning with a
vowel, they are changed to the masculine form for pronunciation purposes (try to say ma amie-not that easy, right?). So, we say mon amie, ton erreur, and son actrice. All are feminine
words, but since they begin with a vowel, we use the masculine possessive adjectives.
(jeuh vyu(n) deuh te(n) ze(n) te(n) avek
may zahmee.)
Je viens souvent avec mon amie.
(jeuh vyu(n) soove(n) avek mon ahmee.)
I am Paul. How about you? What's your name?
22
(Me, it's Paul. And you? What do you call
yourself?)
23
Me, it's Erica.
Moi, c'est Paul. Et toi ? Comment tu
t'appelles ?
(mwa say pol. eh twa ? kome(n) tu tapayl
?)
Moi, c'est Erica.
(mwa, say ereeka.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
54
Can I offer you a drink? Je t'offre un verre ?
English
1
French
Can I offer you a drink?
Je t'offre un verre ?
(I you offer a glass?)
(jeuh tofr u(n) vayr ?)
offrir
2
to offer
3
I offer
4
Remember where we place the direct object pronouns in French? Here is another example.
5
I offer you
6
(ofreer)
j'offre
(jofr)
je t'offre
(jeuh tofr)
a drink
un verre
(a glass)
(u(n) vayr)
7
In French, we commonly say "a glass," as in a glass of wine, of beer, etc., when we mean a drink.
8
something
9
Can I offer you something?
10
Usually in France, when you go to eat or drink together, you just split the bill evenly between all
the guests. Men often, but not always, offer to pay for the ladies, especially if it's just the two of
you.
11
you want
12
Do you want to drink something?
13
Another expression to offer to go for a drink in spoken French is aller boire un pot (literally "to
go drink a jar"). You might hear it quite often!
14
Yes, thanks, a glass of red wine.
15
Meeting places in France are quite like those in the US; most of the time people meet at friend's
places or at bars. Wine bars are a very good option for a date as well. But French people are not
as official and usually do not call it "a date." People just offer to go and have a drink alone or with
friends.
16
And what are you doing in Paris?
17
I work in a language institute.
18
Remember the abbreviations we saw earlier? Try to use the one for "teacher" coming up next.
quelque chose
(kaylkeu shoze)
Je t'offre quelque chose ?
(jeuh tofr kaylkeuh choz ?)
tu veux
(tu veuh)
Tu veux boire quelque chose ?
(tu veuh bwar kaylkeuh choz ?)
Oui, merci, un verre de vin rouge.
(wee, mayrsee, u(n) vayr deuh vu(n) rooj.)
Et qu'est-ce que tu fais à Paris ?
(eh kayskeuh tu fay a paree ?)
Je travaille dans un institut de langues.
(jeuh travai da(n) zun u(n)steetu deuh
la(n)g. )
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
55
English
19
French
I'm an English teacher.
Je suis prof d'anglais.
(I'm teacher of English.)
(jeuh swee prof da(n)glay.)
Ah super !
20
Ah super!
21
a (male) friend
22
Un copain (a male friend) or une copine (a female friend) are slang words for un ami and
une amie and are widely used in France.
23
Yes, I have an English (male) friend.
24
a (female) friend
25
American (female)
26
And American (female) friends.
27
When talking about one's boyfriend or girlfriend, we actually say "my little friend": mon petit ami
or ma petite amie if it's a girl, although it has nothing to do with how tall they are! In spoken
French we use the slang term copain/copine as well: mon petit copain / ma petite copine.
Try using this term next!
28
Yes, my boyfriend is American.
(a supayr !)
un copain
(u(n) kopu(n))
Oui, j'ai un copain anglais.
(wee, jay u(n) kopu(n) a(n)glay.)
une copine
(une kopeen)
américaine
(amehreekayn)
Et des copines américaines.
(eh day kopeen amehreekayn.)
Oui, mon petit copain est américain.
(wee, mo(n) ptee kopu(n) ayt
amehreeku(n).)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
56
Yes, with pleasure my dear.
Oui, avec plaisir mon chéri.
English
1
Yes, with pleasure my dear.
2
dear
3
a heart
4
French
Oui, avec plaisir mon chéri.
(wee, avek playzeer mo(n) chehree.)
chéri
(chehree)
un cœ ur
(u(n) keuhr)
my sweetheart
mon cœ ur
(my heart)
(mo(n) keuhr)
5
Yes, with pleasure my sweetheart.
6
love (masculine)
7
my love
8
a cabbage
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Oui, avec plaisir mon cœ ur.
(wee, avek playzeer mo(n) keuhr.)
amour
(ahmoor)
mon amour
(mon ahmoor)
un chou
(u(n) shoo)
my darling
mon chou
(my cabbage)
(mo(n) shoo)
Mon amour, mon cœ ur, and mon chéri are very common love terms. Then we have a whole
range of more familiar terms to refer to our loved one, most of them coming from the vocabulary
of vegetables (mon chou) or even animals! We are going to present the most common ones in
this sequence. Enjoy!
my darling
mon chouchou
(my cabbage-cabbage)
(mo(n) shooshoo)
my darling
ma chouchoute
(my cabbage-cabbage )
(ma shooshoot)
Oh mon amour, mon lapin, mon chat !
Oh my love, my darling, my sweetheart!
(o mon ahmoor, mo(n) lapu(n), mo(n) sha
!)
(Oh my love, my rabbit, my cat!)
une puce
a flea
(un(e) puce)
my sweetie
ma puce
(my flea)
(ma puce)
my beloved
ma belle
(my beautiful)
(ma bayl)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
57
English
17
18
(jeuh taym)
I love you my sweetie, my beloved!
Je t'aime ma puce, ma belle !
(I love you my flea, my beautiful!)
(jeuh taym ma puce, ma bayl !)
an angel
20
Me too my angel!
21
a hen
23
Je t'aime
I love you
19
22
French
un ange
(un a(n)j)
Moi aussi mon ange !
(mwa osee mon a(n)j !)
une poule
(une pool)
honey
ma poule
(my hen)
(ma pool)
Yes, honey, no problem!
Oui ma poule, pas de problème !
(Yes, my hen, no problem!)
(wee ma pool, pa deuh problaym !)
24
Ma poule or poupoule are both used as terms of affection in a relationship or between close
friends. You can also hear (but more as a joke!) mon poulet (my chicken) when talking to a
man.
25
Are you coming tonight my darling?
Tu viens ce soir ma chérie ?
(tu vyu(n) seuh swar ma chehree ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
58
Do you have a boyfriend here?
T'as un petit copain ici ?
English
French
T'as un petit copain ici ?
1
Do you have a boyfriend here?
2
to go out
3
you go out / you're going out
4
Are you going out with someone?
5
Here again we are going to use the informal spoken form that merges the subject and the verb.
We usually do that with the subject tu and sometimes je, but not with the other subject
pronouns. Try it here with tu.
6
Are you with someone here?
7
alone
8
No, I am alone.
9
single
10
Are you single?
11
married
12
Are you married?
13
a date
14
Depending on the context, un rendez-vous can mean a date, a meeting, or an appointment.
15
I have a date tonight.
16
in love
17
Here "in love" is translated using an adjective. Therefore we have both a masculine and a
feminine form.
18
I am in love.
(ta u(n) ptee kopu(n) eesee ?)
sortir
(sorteer)
tu sors
(tu sor)
Tu sors avec quelqu'un ?
(tu sor avek kaylku(n) ?)
T'es avec quelqu'un ici ?
(tay avek kaylku(n) eesee ?)
seul(e)
(seuhl)
Non, je suis seule.
(no(n) jeuh swee seuhl.)
célibataire
(sehleebatayr)
Tu es célibataire ?
(tu ay sehleebatayr ?)
marié(e)
(mahryeh)
Tu es mariée ?
(tu ay mahryeh ?)
un rendez-vous
(u(n) re(n)dehvoo)
J'ai un rendez-vous ce soir.
(jay u(n) re(n)dehvoo seuh swar.)
amoureux / amoureuse
(ahmooreuh / ahmooreuhz)
Je suis amoureux.
(jeuh swee zahmooreuh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
59
English
19
French
Ma sœ ur est amoureuse.
My sister is in love.
(ma seuhr ay tahmooreuhz)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
60
I think about you. Je pense à toi.
English
1
French
I think about you.
Je pense à toi.
(I think to you.)
(jeuh pe(n)s a twa.)
2
Did you use tu here? Remember that it's used only when "you" is the subject of a sentence.
When it is the object, we use toi.
3
to think
4
I think
5
I often think about you.
6
to see each other again
7
see you again
8
Did you notice the te here? Se revoir is what we call a reciprocal verb, which means that two or
more subjects are acting on one another. We usually translate it in English by "each other." Se
revoir would be "to see each other again," or se rencontrer (to meet each other). They usually
are not translated by reciprocal verbs in English, but in French we use the reflexive pronouns with
them, as we saw previously.
9
I want
10
Remember what we talked about at the beginning of the lesson? Here is another example of a
two-verb construction.
11
I want to see you again.
12
to miss
13
I miss you.
14
Here is a tricky one. In French, "I miss you" is literally translated as "you are missed (by) me" (tu
me manques). The subject in English is the object in French. So how would you say "You miss
me"? Well, you take the object in English - "me" - and put it as the subject in French: Je (I). Then
what is the subject in English ("you," this time) is the object in French (remember it goes before
the verb). This is te, and then the verb comes next so it would be: Je te manque.
15
I miss you. I want to see you again.
(tu meuh ma(n)k. jeuh veuh teuh
reuhvwar.)
to meet
se rencontrer
(to meet each other)
(seuh re(n)ko(n)treh)
penser
(pe(n)seh)
je pense
(jeuh pe(n)s)
Je pense souvent à toi.
(jeuh pe(n)s soove(n) a twa.)
se revoir
(seuh reuhvwar)
te revoir
(teuh reuhvwar)
je veux
(jeuh veuh)
Je veux te revoir.
(jeuh veuh teuh reuhvwar.)
manquer
(ma(n)keh)
Tu me manques.
(tu meuh ma(n)k.)
Tu me manques. Je veux te revoir.
16
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
61
English
17
18
19
20
21
French
meet
nous rencontrer
(us meet )
(noo re(n)ko(n)treh)
nous pouvons
we can
(noo poovo(n))
Nous pouvons nous rencontrer ce soir ?
Can we meet tonight?
(We can us meet this night?)
(noo poovo(n) noo re(n)ko(n)treh seuh
swar ?)
to kiss
s'embrasser
(to kiss each other)
(se(n)braseh)
to kiss me
m'embrasser
(me kiss)
(me(n)braseh)
22
Do you want to kiss me?
23
Yes, I want to kiss you.
Tu veux m'embrasser ?
(tu veuh me(n)braseh ?)
Oui, je veux t'embrasser.
(wee, jeuh veuh te(n)braseh.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
62
Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking
Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Express That You Do Not Like Something
Refer to Food Preparation Processes
Say You Like Certain Foods
Talk About the Ingredients of a Dish
Use Food Vocabulary and Measurements
Construct the Imperative Form
Form the Negation Pas de
Learn the Construction Faire + Infinitive
Use the Direct Object Pronoun Me
Use the Partitive Articles Du, De la, Des
Conversation
English
French
Hmm, ça sent bon ! Qu'est-ce que tu
prépares ?
Hmm, something smells delicious! What are you
cooking?
(mmm, sa sa(n) bo(n) ! kayskeuh tu prehpar
?)
Je prépare une tartiflette pour le dîner de
ce soir.
I'm making a tartiflette for dinner tonight.
(jeuh prehpar une tarteeflayt poor leuh
deeneh deuh seuh swar.)
Miam-miam ! C'est quoi les ingrédients ?
Yummy! What are the ingredients?
(myam myam ! say kwa lay zu(n)grehdye(n)
?)
Tu peux me montrer comment on la
prépare ?
Can you show me how to make it?
(tu peuh meuh mo(n)treh koma(n) o(n) la
prehpar ?)
Alors, il faut un kilo de pommes de terre
cuites dans l'eau bouillante.
So, you need one kilo of potatoes cooked in
boiling water.
(alor, eel fo u(n) keelo deuh pum deuh tayr
kweet da(n) lo booya(n)t.)
Maintenant, je fais dorer l'oignon coupé en
fines lamelles avec les lardons.
Now, I am browning the thinly sliced onion with
bacon cubes.
(mu(n)tna(n), jeuh fay doreh lonyo(n) koopeh
e(n) feen lamayl avek lay lardo(n).)
Miam, j'adore les lardons !
Yum, I love bacon cubes!
(myam, jadohr lay lardo(n) !)
Puis, je beurre un plat à gratin. Je coupe
les pommes de terre en lamelles.
Then, I butter a gratin dish. I slice the potatoes.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
63
Then, I butter a gratin dish. I slice the potatoes.
(Pwee, jeuh beur u(n) pla a gratu(n). Jeuh
koop lay pum deuh tayr e(n) lamayl.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
64
English
French
Et j'alterne une couche de pommes de
terre, puis le mélange lardons-oignons.
And I alternate one layer of potatoes, then the
mix of bacon cubes and onions.
(eh jaltayrn une koosh deuh pom deuh tayr,
pwee leuh mehla(n)j lardo(n) onyo(n).)
Ça n'a pas l'air trop dur.
It doesn't seem too hard.
(sa na pa layr tro dur.)
Enfin, la touche finale ! De la crème
fraîche et le reblochon coupé en deux.
And then, the final touch ! Creme fraiche and the
reblochon cheese cut in half.
(a(n)fu(n), la toosh feenal ! deuh la kraym
fraysh eh leuh reuhblohsho(n) koopeh a(n)
deuh.)
Du reblochon, ah bon ? Heuuu, je suis pas
fan de ça !
Reblochon, really? Eeeeeh, I'm not a big fan of it!
(du reuhblohsho(n), a bo(n) ? euuuh, jeuh
swee pa fan deuh sa !)
Tu vas voir, tu vas adorer ! Et maintenant,
au four pour gratiner.
You will see, you will love it! And now to the oven
so it cooks au gratin.
(tu va vwar, tu va adohreh ! eh mu(n)tna(n),
o foor poor grahteeneh.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
65
I'm making a tartiflette for dinner tonight.
Je prépare une tartiflette pour le dîner de ce soir.
English
French
I'm making a tartiflette for dinner tonight.
1
2
3
(I'm preparing a tartiflette for the dinner of this
evening.)
Je prépare une tartiflette pour le dîner
de ce soir.
(jeuh prehpar une tarteeflayt poor leuh
deeneh deuh seuh swar.)
to cook
préparer
(to prepare)
(prehpareh)
I cook
je prépare
(I prepare)
(jeuh prehpar)
4
We saw quite a few times that verbs ending in "-er" follow the same pattern. Here are the endings:
Je takes "-e"; tu takes "-es"; il and elle take "-e"; nous uses "-ons"; vous takes "-ez"; and ils and
elles take "-ent." Easy! All you have to do is to take off "-er" from the end of the verb and
replace it with the ending corresponding to the subject. From now on, when we present you a
verb ending in "-er," it will be your turn to try to conjugate it. Good luck!
5
a tartiflette
6
Tartiflette is one of these delicious (and anti-diet!) French meals that you eat during winter. You
now have the recipe, if you feel like cooking French cuisine at home!
7
to cook
8
"To cook" can be translated in French as "I prepare" or "I cook" something. Try the latter here and
remember that whenever you have a verb ending with "-er" you'll have to figure out the
conjugation of the verb as well!
9
I cook.
10
I'm cooking for tonight.
11
Can I taste?
12
to smell
13
it smells
14
15
une tartiflette
(une tarteeflayt)
cuisiner
(kweezeeneh)
Je cuisine.
(jeuh kweezeen)
Je cuisine pour ce soir.
(jeuh kweezeen poor seuh swar.)
Je peux goûter ?
(jeuh peuh gooteh ?)
sentir
(sa(n)teer)
ça sent
(sa sa(n))
you cook
tu prépares
(you prepare)
(tu prehpar)
Hmm, something smells delicious! What are
you cooking?
Hmm, ça sent bon ! Qu'est-ce que tu
prépares ?
(Hmm, it smells good! What you are
preparing?)
(mmm, sa sa(n) bo(n) ! kayskeuh tu
prehpar ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
66
English
French
une quiche lorraine
16
a quiche lorraine
17
Quiche lorraine is a delicious pie that you should taste when you go to France. It is made of
eggs, cream, cheese, and bacon cubes. Simple and very tasty!
18
I'm preparing a quiche lorraine.
19
a nicoise salad
20
And a nicoise salad!
21
A salade niçoise is a specialty that comes from Nice on the Côte d'Azur. It usually contains
tuna, lettuce, tomatoes, olives, and eggs with a vinaigrette (oil and vinegar dressing). Another
very popular salad is a salade lyonnaise (named after the city of Lyon) which is made with a
poached egg, croutons, and bacon.
22
a recipe
23
Je prépare une quiche lorraine.
(jeuh prehpar une keech lorayn.)
une salade niçoise
(une salad neeswaz)
Et une salade niçoise !
(eh une salad neeswaz !)
une recette
(une reuhsayt)
It's my aunt's recipe.
C'est la recette de ma tante.
(It's the recipe of my aunt.)
(say la reuhsayt deuh ma ta(n)t.)
24
an egg
25
inside
26
(une keesh lorayn)
un œ uf
(uh neuf)
dedans
(deuhda(n))
Are there eggs in it?
Il y a des œ ufs dedans ?
(There are eggs inside?)
(eel ya day zeuh deuhda(n) ?)
montrer
27
to show
28
Here is another direct object pronoun that you encountered already before: me or "me."
Remember to put it before the verb!
29
can you show me
30
Most of the time when we speak we use the on form for "we" (and not nous). Try it here!
31
we prepare it (feminine)
32
33
(mo(n)treh)
tu peux me montrer
(tu peuh meuh mo(n)treh)
on la prépare
(o(n) la prehpar)
Tu peux me montrer comment on la
prépare ?
Can you show me how to make it?
(You can me show how we prepare it ?)
(tu peuh meuh mo(n)treh koma(n) o(n) la
prehpar ?)
un ingrédient
an ingredient
(uh nu(n)grehdya(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
67
English
French
Quels sont les ingrédients ?
34
What are the ingredients?
35
Did you think to put an "s" at the end of quels here? Remember that it agrees in gender and
number with the noun it goes with, so you get Quelle heure est-il ? (What time is it?) because
heure is singular and feminine, Quelles recettes tu aimes ? (What recipes do you like?) since
recettes is feminine and plural, and here quels because ingrédients is masculine and plural.
(kayl so(n) lay zu(n)grehdya(n) ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
68
I'm browning the thinly sliced onion with bacon
cubes.
Je fais dorer l'oignon coupé en fines lamelles avec
les lardons.
English
1
I'm browning the thinly sliced onion with bacon
cubes.
Je fais dorer l'oignon coupé en fines
lamelles avec les lardons.
(I make brown the onion cut in thin slices with
the bacon cubes.)
(jeuh fay doreh lonyo(n) koopeh e(n) feen
lamayl avek lay lardo(n).)
2
to brown
3
an onion
4
French
dorer
(doreh)
un oignon
(uh nonyo(n))
I brown the onion.
Je fais dorer l'oignon.
(I make brown the onion.)
(jeuh fay doreh lonyo(n).)
5
When talking about a recipe or when reading a recipe, you will often hear or see the construction
"to make do something" (faire faire quelque chose) like here, where you "make brown" the
onion (faire dorer l'oignon).
6
to cut
7
cut (adjective)
8
9
couper
(koopeh)
coupé
(koopeh)
thinly sliced
en fines lamelles
(in thin slices)
(e(n) feen lamayl)
thinly sliced
coupé en fines lamelles
(cut in thin slices)
(koopeh e(n) feen lamayl)
un lardon
10
a bacon cube
11
In France, we don't eat much bacon in long thin strips the way it's found in the US, but instead we
often use lardons in cooking. They are cubes of bacon resembling thicker and less crunchy
bacon bits. They can be bought pre-cut in cubes or as a big slice of lard that we cut up ourselves.
You'll encounter them in anything from quiches to salads or more elaborate dishes like coq au
vin.
12
to boil
13
a potato
14
15
16
(u(n) lardo(n))
bouillir
(booyeer)
une pomme de terre
(une pum deuh tayr)
I boil the potatoes.
Je fais bouillir les pommes de terre.
(I make boil the potatoes.)
(jeuh fay booyeer lay pum deuh tayr.)
je coupe
I cut
(jeuh koop)
Je coupe les pommes de terre en
lamelles.
I cut the potatoes in slices.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
69
16
I cut the potatoes in slices.
(jeuh koop lay pum deuh tayr a(n)
lamayl.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
70
English
French
un kilo
17
a kilo
18
In France, like in most European countries--even Great Britain now!--we measure things with the
metric system in kilogrammes (kg), grammes (g), and centigrammes (cg), so be prepared
to use them when following a French recipe! One kilo is the equivalent of 2.2 lbs, and 1 gram
equals 0.03 oz. In this chapter, we will use the French metric system so you can get accustomed
to it.
19
20
21
22
(u(n) keelo)
Je fais bouillir un kilo de pommes de
terre.
I boil one kilo of potatoes.
(I make boil one kilo of potatoes.)
(jeuh fay booyeer u(n) keelo deuh pum
deuh tayr.)
frire
to fry
(freer)
I fry the bacon cubes.
Je fais frire les lardons.
(I make fry the bacon cubes.)
(jeuh fay freer lay lardo(n).)
un gramme
a gram
(u(n) gram)
Je fais frire deux cents (200) grammes
de lardons.
23
I fry two hundred (200) grams of bacon cubes.
24
to add
25
Remember the imperative form we saw earlier? Here is another chance to use it. When reading
recipes in French, you'll see they use the imperative form with vous (you, polite form) a lot.
26
add (imperative)
27
the milk
28
The partitive articles are used quite a lot when talking about food, as they are here to help us talk
about an unknown quantity (of food or drinks for example). They correspond to "some" or "any" in
English. We have four different articles in French which we've seen before: du in front of a
masculine word, de la in front of a feminine word, de l' goes in front of any word beginning with
a vowel, and finally the plural form, des. So, what would go in front of "milk"?
29
Add some milk.
30
the flour
31
Add some flour.
(jeuh fay freer deuh sa(n) gram deuh
lardo(n).)
ajouter
(ahjooteh)
ajoutez
(ahjooteh)
le lait
(leuh lay)
Ajoutez du lait.
(ahjooteh du lay.)
la farine
(la fahreen)
Ajoutez de la farine.
(ahjooteh deuh la fahreen.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
71
English
French
Ajoutez trois cent cinquante (350)
grammes de farine.
32
Add three hundred and fifty (350) grams of
flour.
33
Remember this little spelling quirk? When a number in the hundreds is round, it takes an "s" at
the end, like deux cents (200), quatre cents (400), or neuf cents (900). But when the
number isn't round (like 350), it does not take an "s."
34
a mushroom
35
And fifty (50) grams of mushrooms.
36
to mix
(ahjooteh trwasa(n)su(n)ka(n)t gram
deuh fareen.)
un champignon
(u(n) sha(n)peenyo(n))
Et cinquante (50) grammes de
champignons.
(eh su(n)ka(n)t gram deuh
sha(n)peenyo(n).)
mélanger
(mehla(n)jeh)
37
Do you mix the mushrooms with the onions?
38
yummy
39
Yummy, I love mushrooms!
Tu mélanges les champignons avec les
oignons ?
(tu mehla(n)j lay sha(n)peenyo(n) avek lay
zonyo(n) ?)
miam-miam
(myam myam)
Miam-miam, j'adore les champignons !
(myam myam, jahdor lay sha(n)peenyo(n)
!)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
72
I butter a gratin dish. Je beurre un plat à gratin.
English
1
I butter a gratin dish.
2
to butter
3
I butter
4
a gratin dish
5
butter (imperative)
6
Butter a gratin dish.
7
cut (imperative)
8
French
Je beurre un plat à gratin.
(jeuh beur u(n) pla a grahtu(n).)
beurrer
(beuhreh)
je beurre
(jeuh beur)
un plat à gratin
(u(n) pla a grahtu(n))
beurrez
(beuhreh)
Beurrez un plat à gratin.
(beuhreh u(n) pla a gratu(n))
coupez
(koopeh)
Coupez les pommes de terre en
lamelles.
Slice the potatoes.
(Cut the potatoes in slices.)
(koopeh lay pum deuh tayr a(n) lamayl.)
alterner
9
to alternate
10
I alternate
11
a layer
12
I alternate one layer of potatoes, one layer of
bacon cubes.
13
the touch
14
final
15
the final touch
16
creme fraiche
(altayrneh)
j'alterne
(jaltayrn)
une couche
(une koosh)
J'alterne une couche de pommes de
terre, une couche de lardons.
(jaltayrn une koosh deuh pum deuh tayr,
une koosh deuh lardo(n).)
la touche
(la toosh)
final(e)
(feenal)
la touche finale
(la tooch feenal)
la crème fraîche
(la craym fraysh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
73
English
French
le reblochon
17
the reblochon cheese
18
Reblochon is one of those delicious French cheeses we frequently use in cooking. It comes from
the Alps region of France and has a soft center.
19
The final touch: some creme fraiche and
some reblochon!
20
now
21
the oven
22
23
24
(leuh reuhblohsho(n))
La touche finale: de la crème fraîche et
du reblochon !
(la toosh feenal: deuh la kraym fraysh eh
du reuhblohsho(n) !)
maintenant
(ma(n)tuhna(n))
le four
(leuh foor)
And now, in the oven!
Et maintenant, au four !
(And now, at the oven!)
(eh mu(n)tna(n), o foor !)
gratiner
to cook au gratin
(grahteeneh)
In the oven to cook it au gratin.
Au four pour gratiner.
(At the oven for to cook au gratin.)
(o foor poor grahteeneh.)
préchauffé
25
preheated
26
Is the oven preheated?
27
a degree Celsius
28
Yes, to two hundred and twenty (220) degrees
Celsius.
29
You probably already know this, but remember that the temperature used in France is measured
in degrees Celsius, not Fahrenheit.
30
31
(prehshofeh)
Le four est préchauffé ?
(leuh foor ay prehshofeh?)
un degré Celsius
(u(n) deuhgreh saylsyus)
Oui, à deux cent vingt (220) degrés
Celsius.
(wee, a deuh sa(n) vu(n) deuhgreh
saylsyus.)
to look / to seem
avoir l'air
(to have the air)
(avwar layr)
it looks
ça a l'air
(it has the air)
(sa a layr)
32
it doesn't look
33
hard
34
Hmm, it doesn't look too hard.
ça n'a pas l'air
(sa na pa layr)
dur(e)
(dur)
Hmm, ça n'a pas l'air trop dur.
(mmm, sa na pa layr tro dur.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
74
English
35
easy
36
really
37
No, it's really easy!
French
facile
(faseel)
vraiment
(vrayma(n))
Non, c'est vraiment facile !
(no(n), say vrayma(n) faseel !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
75
What about an aperitif before dinner?
On prend l'apéro avant le dîner ?
English
1
French
What about an aperitif before dinner?
On prend l'apéro avant le dîner ?
(We take the aperitif before the dinner ?)
(o(n) pra(n) lapehro ava(n) leuh deeneh ?)
prendre
2
to take
3
In French, we have two ways to translate "we": nous and on. On is a bit more informal but used a
lot in spoken French. The trick is that although it means "we," grammatically we use the singular
form of the verb, or the il/elle form! So for example to say "we eat," we would say on mange
with the il/elle form of the verb.
4
we take
5
an aperitif
6
Dinner is the most important meal in France because it usually is the only meal that the whole
family eats together. It is also a meal you share with friends during the weekend, and it is quite
common to start it with an aperitif: a pastis (a typical aniseed-flavored drink from Marseilles) or a
glass of wine. Sometimes the aperitif can last for a while! Dinner tends to be eaten at a later
hour in France, usually around 9pm.
7
before
8
(pre(n)dr)
on prend
(o(n) pra(n))
un apéro
(un apehro)
avant
(ava(n))
Are you coming for the aperitif tonight?
Tu viens prendre l'apéro ce soir ?
(You come to take the aperitif this evening?)
(tu vyu(n) pra(n)dr lapehro seuh swar ?)
Pourquoi pas ? Bonne idée !
9
Why not? Good idea!
10
to bring
11
you bring
12
Did you notice? Here the verb has a regular "-er" ending, so it follows the normal conjugation, but
the spelling and pronunciation of the stem are slightly changed. This happens with some verbs
when they're conjugated in certain ways. We will come across more of these as the lessons
progress!
13
a dry sausage
14
La charcuterie refers to a whole array of meat products, usually pork, that you will find served
both in people's homes and in restaurants as first course or appetizer. They range from salami
and other types of saucissons to hams like jambon de parme (prosciutto) and jambon
blanc. There are also a few daring ones like andouillette (tripe sausage) and boudin noir
(blood sausage)!
(poorkwa pa ? bun eedeh !)
amener
(amneh)
tu amènes
(tu amayn)
un saucisson
(u(n) soseeso(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
76
English
French
15
Are you bringing some dry sausage for the
aperitif?
16
A typical aperitif includes some delicious dry sausage (saucisson) with some chips and cheese
or raw vegetables with dips. But some aperitifs can become quite elaborate.
17
I don't eat
18
Remember that in a negative sentence, the article of the noun object (singular or plural)
disappears and is replaced with de. The expression pas de usually means "any" or "not."
19
I don't eat dry sausage.
20
a peanut
21
I don't eat peanuts.
22
vegetarian
23
24
(tu amayn du soseeso(n) poor lapehro ?)
je ne mange pas
(jeuhn ma(n)j pa)
Je ne mange pas de saucisson.
(jeuhn ma(n)j pa deuh soseeso(n).)
une cacahuète
(une kahkahwayt)
Je ne mange pas de cacahuètes.
(jeuhn ma(n)j pa deuh kahkahwayt.)
végétarien / végétarienne
(vehjehtaryu(n) / vehjehtaryayn)
Are you a vegetarian?
Tu es végétarienne ?
(You are vegetarian?)
(tu ay vehjehtaryayn ?)
le porc
pork
25
No, I eat meat, but not pork.
26
allergic to
27
I'm allergic.
28
Tu amènes du saucisson pour l'apéro ?
(leuh pohr)
Non, je mange de la viande, mais pas
de porc.
(no(n), jeuh ma(n)j deuh la vya(n)d, may
pa deuh pohr.)
allergique à
(alehrjeek a)
Je suis allergique.
(jeuh swee zalehrjeek.)
I'm allergic to peanuts.
Je suis allergique aux cacahuètes.
(I'm allergic to the peanuts.)
(jeuh swee zalehrjeek o kahkahwayt.)
29
I like
30
Oh yes, I like peanuts.
31
I don't like.
j'aime bien
(jaym beea(n))
Ah oui, j'aime bien les cacahuètes.
(a wee, jaym beea(n) lay kahkahwayt.)
Je n'aime pas.
(jeuh naym pa.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
77
English
French
32
As you saw a few lines earlier, to say you like something, you use the expression j'aime bien. If
one uses only j'aime without bien, its meaning is a bit stronger, meaning it is something that
you really like! But, in the negative form, we always drop the bien to use the verb in its simple
form: je n'aime pas.
33
Oh no, thanks, I don't like peanuts. I'm
allergic.
34
Peanuts are mostly found in their plain or salted form in France and served in a little dish as part
of the apéritif. Peanut butter is still considered a typical American delicacy!
35
My mother is allergic to fish.
36
shellfish
37
Ah non, merci, je n'aime pas les
cacahuètes, je suis allergique.
(a no(n) mayrsee, jeuh naym pa lay
kahkahwayt, jeuh swee zalehrjeek.)
Ma mère est allergique au poisson.
(ma mayr ay talehrjeek o pwaso(n).)
les crustacés
(lay krustaseh)
Vraiment ? Moi, je suis allergique aux
crustacés.
Really? Me, I am allergic to shellfish.
(vrayma(n) ? mwa, jeuh swee zalehrjeek o
krustaseh.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
78
Dinner's ready! À table !
English
1
Dinner's ready!
À table !
(To table!)
(a tabl !)
2
to
3
the table
4
ready
5
French
à
(ah)
la table
(la tabl)
prêt(e)
(pray / prayt)
Dinner is served!
À table, c'est prêt !
(To table, it's ready!)
(a table, say pray !)
se servir
6
to help oneself
7
Help yourself! (imperative)
8
Help yourself, Pierre.
9
Oops, did you remember? Whether addressing a group or one person formally, we use the vous
form.
10
delicious
11
Thanks, it looks delicious!
12
Bon appetit!
13
Here's a phrase you probably already knew! We usually wish everyone a "good appetite" (bon
appétit) before eating.
14
It's really good!
15
The quiche is delicious.
16
17
18
(seuh sayrveer)
Servez-vous !
(sayrveh voo)
Servez-vous Pierre.
(sayrveh voo pyayr.)
délicieux / délicieuse
(dehleesyeuh / dehleesyeuz)
Merci, ça a l'air délicieux !
(mayrsee, sa a layr dehleesyeuh !)
Bon appétit !
(bo(n) napehtee !)
C'est vraiment bon !
(say vrayma(n) bo(n) !)
La quiche est délicieuse.
(la keesh ay dehleesyeuz.)
to take another serving
se resservir
(to serve oneself again)
(seuh reuhsehrveer)
Will you take another serving?
Je vous ressers ?
(I serve you again?)
(jeuh voo reuhsayr ?)
When dining in France, it is polite--and a sign that you enjoy the food--to finish everything on your
plate.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
79
English
19
gladly
20
Oh yes, thanks, gladly!
21
a little
22
French
volontiers
(volo(n)tyeh)
Ah oui, merci, volontiers !
(a wee, mayrsee volo(n)tyeh !)
un peu
(u(n) peuh)
just a little bit
un tout petit peu
(a whole little bit)
(u(n) too ptee peuh)
Oui, volontiers, mais un tout petit peu !
23
24
25
Yes, gladly but just a little bit!
(wee, volo(n)tyeh, may u(n) toopteepeuh
!)
I ate
j'ai mangé
(I have eaten)
(jay ma(n)jeh)
I ate too much!
J'ai trop mangé !
(I have too much eaten! )
(jay tro ma(n)jeh !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
80
Chapter 6: Weather and Landscape
Chapter 6: Weather and Landscape
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Offer to Do Something
Talk About the Land
Talk About the Seasons
Talk About the Weather
Use Proper Measurement for Temperature
Construct the Near Future
Understand Indirect Object Pronouns
Use the Pronoun Y
Use Il fait and Il y a with Weather
Expressions
Conversation
English
French
Ça te dit d'aller faire une randonnée dans
la montagne ?
Do you feel like going for a hike in the mountains?
(sa teuh dee daleh fayr une ra(n)doneh
da(n) la mo(n)tanye ?)
La montée n'est pas trop dure, je crois.
The climb isn't too steep, I think.
(la mo(n)teh nay pa tro dur, jeuh krwa.)
D'accord, bonne idée ! On devrait y aller
maintenant qu'il fait beau.
Ok, good idea! We should go now that the weather
is nice.
(dakor, bonn eedeh ! O(n) deuhvray y aleh
mu(n)tna(n) keel fay bo.)
Il y a du soleil mais il ne fait pas trop
chaud, c'est parfait pour une balade !
It's sunny but not too hot. It's perfect for a walk!
(eel ya du solay may eel neuh fay pa tro sho,
say parfay poor une balahd !)
Il fait combien ?
What's the temperature?
(eel fay ko(n)beea(n) ?)
Il fait 25 degrés.
It's 25 degrees.
(eel fay vu(n)tsu(n)k deuhgreh.)
Parfait, allons-y alors !
Perfect, let's go then.
(parfay, alo(n) zee alor !)
Oui, allons-y aujourd'hui. La météo dit que
demain il va pleuvoir.
Yes, let's go today. The weather forecast says
tomorrow it's going to rain.
(wee, alo(n) zee ojoordwee. la mehteyo dee
keuh deuhmu(n) eel va pleuhvwar.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
81
Do you feel like going for a hike in the mountains?
Ça te dit d'aller faire une randonnée dans la
montagne ?
English
1
French
Do you feel like going for a hike in the
mountains?
Ça te dit d'aller faire une randonnée
dans la montagne ?
(It says to you to go do a hike in the
mountain?)
(sa teuh dee daleh fayr une ra(n)doneh
da(n) la mo(n)tanye ?)
dire
2
to tell / to say
3
he tells / says
4
do you feel like
5
Here is another idiomatic expression in French: ça te dit means "do you feel like..?" Although we
use the verb dire it has nothing to do with its meaning "to say." Think of it as being similar to
something "speaking to you" in English, like in the phrase, "This book really spoke to me!"
6
a hike
7
il dit
(eel dee)
ça te dit de
(sa teuh dee deuh)
une randonnée
(une ra(n)doneh)
to go for a hike
faire une randonnée
(to do a hike)
(fayr une ra(n)doneh)
8
the mountain
9
to go for a stroll
10
(deer)
la montagne
(la mo(n)tanye)
faire une balade
(fayr une balahd)
Do you feel like going for a stroll?
Ça te dit d'aller faire une balade ?
(It says to you to go do a stroll?)
(sa teuh dee daleh fayr une balahd ?)
11
Notice that here the pronoun te means "to you." It is part of the group of indirect object
pronouns (indirect because its meaning includes a preposition, as in "to you": à toi). Ça te
dit literally means ça dit à toi.
12
So, here we will talk to a group and use the vous form. Luckily vous as a subject or as an object
pronoun stays the same! And remember the object pronouns always go before the verb. Try it
here.
13
14
Do you feel like it?
Ça vous dit ?
(Does it say to you?)
(sa voo dee ?)
Do you feel like going for a hike?
Ça vous dit d'aller faire une randonnée
?
(It says to you to go do a hike?)
(sa voo dee daleh fayr une ra(n)doneh ?)
courir
15
to run
16
Did you notice the similarity of courir to English "courier"? That’s right, they share a Latin origin!
It may help you remember this word.
(kooreer)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
82
English
17
18
French
Now let's learn the form for a third person, male or female. In that case, for both "him" and "her"
we will use the indirect pronoun lui. Try it in the following sentence.
Does she feel like going for a run?
Ça lui dit d'aller courir ?
(It says to her to go run?)
(sa lwee dee daleh kooreer ?)
Oui, ça me dit !
19
Yes, I feel like it!
20
Yes, we feel like it!
21
Oops, we let you figure out these alone! Well, we already saw the object pronoun me (it is the
same whether it is direct or indirect). The pronoun nous is actually the same as the subject
pronoun! Was it difficult? Don't worry, with some practice it will become easier.
22
to go for a walk
23
Remember the song that says "Wake me up before you go-go" from the 1980s? You'll get the
impression of talking like George Michael here. Indeed, in French "to go for a walk" is translated
by se promener, which doesn't have the verb "to go" in it, even though that's how we say it in
English. In this case, since we are offering to "go do something," you'll have to say "to go-go for a
walk"!
24
Do you feel like going for a walk?
25
Yes, we feel like it! Very good idea!
26
(wee, sa meuh dee !)
Oui, ça nous dit !
(wee, sa noo dee !)
se promener
(seuh prohmneh)
Ça vous dit d'aller se promener ?
(sa voo dee daleh seuh promneh ?)
Oui, ça nous dit ! Très bonne idée !
(wee, sa noo dee ! tray bun eedeh !)
to talk about something
parler de quelque chose
(to talk of something)
(parleh deuh kaylkeuhshoz)
parler à quelqu'un
27
to talk to someone
28
to talk about something to someone
29
You can see that we often learn the verbs with their preposition, if they have one, just like in
English. It is useful to learn it with its preposition: first for the meaning, and second to know which
object pronoun you will use. So for example here, with parler à quelqu'un (to talk to
someone), you know you'll have to use indirect object pronouns. But let's say you have the verb
"to offer something" (offrir quelque chose). No preposition here, so you'll use a direct object
pronoun.
30
You are talking to us.
31
Are you talking to us about your stroll?
32
We talk to him.
(parleh a kaylku(n))
parler de quelque chose à quelqu'un
(parleh deuh kaylkeuhshoz a kaylku(n))
Tu nous parles.
(tu noo parl)
Tu nous parles de ta balade ?
(tu noo parl deuh ta balahd ?)
Nous lui parlons.
(noo lwee parlo(n).)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
83
English
33
French
Nous lui parlons de la randonnée.
We are talking to him about the hike.
(noo lwee parlo(n) deuh la ra(n)doneh)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
84
The climb is not too steep, I think.
La montée n'est pas trop dure, je crois.
English
1
French
The climb is not too steep, I think.
La montée n'est pas trop dure, je crois.
(The climb is not too hard, I believe.)
(la mo(n)teh nay pa tro dur, jeuh krwa.)
la montée
2
the climb
3
to believe
4
I believe
5
We believe what we think in France! All joking aside, this is another idiomatic expression. Just like
in English, we tend to say "I think" at the end of our sentences: we say je crois (I believe) to
mean that we think, but are not sure, and je pense (I think) when we are still not entirely sure,
but more so than with je crois!
6
7
8
(la mo(n)teh)
croire
(krwar)
je crois
(jeuh krwa)
La randonnée n'est pas trop dure, je
crois.
The hike is not too difficult, I think.
(The hike is not too hard, I believe.)
(la ra(n)doneh nay pa tro dur, jeuh krwa.)
la forêt
the forest
(la foray)
The forest is gorgeous.
La forêt est très belle.
(The forest is very beautiful.)
(la foray ay tray bayl.)
le lac
9
the lake
10
The lake is not too far away, I think.
11
the sea
12
The sea is far away!
13
France is surrounded by four oceans and seas: l'Océan Atlantique, la Méditerranée, la Mer
du Nord, and La Manche (the English channel, literally "the sleeve"). However, you might
notice in France that people tend to refer to each sea generically as la mer.
14
Me, I want to go to the sea!
15
(leuh lak)
Le lac n'est pas trop loin, je crois.
(Leuh lak nay pa tro lwu(n), jeuh krwa.)
la mer
(la mayr)
La mer est loin !
(la mayr ay lwu(n) !)
Moi, je veux aller à la mer !
(mwa, jeuh veuh aleh a la mayr !)
Oui, mais moi, je veux aller à la
montagne !
Yes, but me, I want to go to the mountains!
(wee, may mwa, jeuh veuh aleh a la
mo(n)tanye)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
85
English
French
16
No worries! France offers a wide range of landscapes! There is something for every taste: you
can surf (especially near Bordeaux in the South West) or just soak up the sun by a calm, blue
sea like the Mediterranean! You also have many mountain ranges: les Alpes (between France
and Switzerland) and les Pyrénées (between France and Spain) as well as all the rivers and
lakes. In short, you can find pretty much everything. What are you waiting for?
17
we should
18
there
19
20
on devrait
(o(n) deuhvray)
y
(ee)
We should go there.
On devrait y aller.
(We should there go.)
(o(n) deuhvray ee aleh.)
Did you notice? Y, like most of the adverbs, goes after the main verb.
La mer ? D'accord ! On devrait y aller
maintenant !
21
The sea? Okay! We should go there now!
22
today
23
The mountain? Very good idea! We should go
there today!
(lamayr ? dakor ! o(n) deuhvray ee aleh
mu(n)tna(n) !)
aujourd'hui
(ojoordwee)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
86
La montagne ? Très bonne idée ! On
devrait y aller aujourd'hui.
(la mo(n)tanye ? tray bun eedeh ! o(n)
deuhvray ee aleh ojoordwee.)
The weather is nice. Il fait beau.
English
1
2
3
French
The weather is nice.
Il fait beau.
(It makes beautiful.)
(eel fay bo.)
il fait
it makes
(eel fay)
nice
beau
(beautiful)
(bo)
4
As you might have guessed, this is another idiomatic expression that can't be translated word for
word. When talking about the weather, we use il fait followed by an adjective (here, beau) to say
that the weather is beautiful. In the following lines, we are going to see other weather expressions
that follow the same pattern.
5
bad
6
The weather is bad.
7
hot
8
phew!
9
Phew, it's hot today!
10
cold
11
It's cold.
12
Today, the weather is nice but it's cold!
mauvais
(movay)
Il fait mauvais.
(eel fay movay.)
chaud
(sho)
ouf !
(oof !)
Ouf, il fait chaud aujourd'hui !
(oof, eel fay sho ojoordwee !)
froid
(frwa)
Il fait froid.
(eel fay frwa.)
Aujourd'hui il fait beau mais il fait froid
!
(ojoordwee eel fay bo may eel fay frwa !)
l'été
13
the summer
14
Talking about cities in French is quite simple; we always use the preposition à. So whether you are
going to Paris, or you are in Paris, we always say à Paris!
15
in Marseilles
16
(lehteh)
à Marseille
(a marsaye)
During summer in Marseilles, it's hot!
L'été à Marseille, il fait chaud !
(The summer in Marseilles, it's hot!)
(lehteh a marsaye, eel fay sho ! )
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
87
English
French
la canicule
17
the heatwave
18
It's the heatwave!
19
The summer months can be scorching hot in France, and they are more difficult to endure for
young children and elderly people due to the fact that most homes are not air conditioned.
20
the winter
21
during
22
It's cold in Paris during winter.
23
the sun
24
25
26
(la kaneekul)
C'est la canicule !
(say la kaneekul !)
l'hiver
(leevehr)
pendant
(pa(n)da(n))
Il fait froid à Paris pendant l'hiver.
(eel fay frwa a paree pa(n)da(n) leevehr.)
le soleil
(leuh solay)
It's sunny.
Il y a du soleil.
(There is some sun.)
(eel ya du solay.)
le vent
the wind
(leuh va(n))
It's windy.
Il y a du vent.
(There is some wind.)
(eel ya du va(n))
27
the fall
28
It's windy in Paris during fall.
l'automne
(lotun)
Il y a du vent à Paris pendant
l'automne.
(eel ya du va(n) a paree pa(n)da(n) lotun.)
29
30
un nuage
a cloud
(u(n) nuahj)
It's cloudy.
Il y a des nuages.
(There are some clouds.)
(eel ya day nuahj.)
le printemps
31
the spring
32
it rains
33
Last but not least, there are two expressions that follow another pattern: "it rains" (il pleut) and
"it snows" (il neige).
34
In spring, it often rains in Paris.
(leuh pru(n)ta(n))
il pleut
(eel pleuh)
Au printemps, il pleut souvent à Paris.
(o pru(n)ta(n), eel pleuh soove(n) a
paree.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
88
English
French
35
Now we've seen all four seasons: l'automne, l'hiver, le printemps, and l'été. Notice that all
start with l' except printemps because it starts with a consonant. To say "in winter," "in
summer," or "in fall," we say en hiver, en été, or en automne, but here again spring is different
from the others. To say "in spring" we say au printemps, with au not en.
36
to snow
37
In winter, it often snows.
38
In fall, the weather is nice.
39
Autumn in France can be gorgeous. It is crisp in the morning, often sunny during the day, and the
foliage takes on a beautiful reddish color. Sometimes during September and October, the
weather is not only beautiful but also hot: it's the Indian summer or l'été indien.
40
In summer, it's sunny and it's hot.
41
careful
42
the road
43
flooding
neiger
(nehjeh)
En hiver, il neige souvent.
(e(n) neevehr, eel nayj soova(n).)
En automne, il fait beau.
(ah notun, eel fay bo.)
En été, il y a du soleil et il fait chaud.
44
(ah nehteh, eel ya du solay eh eel fay
sho.)
attention
(ata(n)syo(n))
la route
(la root)
les inondations
(lay zeeno(n)dasyo(n))
Attention aux inondations sur les
routes.
Careful with the flooding on the roads.
(Careful to the floodings on the roads.)
(ata(n)syo(n) o zeeno(n)dasyo(n) sur lay
root.)
45
See how we used aux here? Attention is always followed by à (like "be careful of"). So, it
becomes au, as in Attention au chien ! (Careful with the dog!) when followed by a masculine
and singular noun. It is à la like in Attention à la pluie (Careful with the rain) when followed by
something feminine and singular. Here orages is plural, so we use aux.
46
a thunderstorm
47
the beach
48
Careful with thunderstorms on the beaches.
49
You will hear this type of phrase often during weather forecasts in France. Although French
weather tends to be less extreme than in the US, we do have our share of floods and storms. In
1999 especially, a storm caused massive flooding and forest destruction.
un orage
(u(n) noraj)
la plage
(la plaj)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
89
Attention aux orages sur les plages.
(ata(n)syo(n) o zoraj sur lay plaj.)
It's twenty-five (25) degrees.
Il fait vingt-cinq (25) degrés.
English
French
Il fait vingt-cinq (25) degrés.
1
It's twenty-five (25) degrees.
2
a degree
3
No, no, no, France is not in a polar region! We just use a different system of measuring
temperature: Celsius degrees (or simply °C). To give you an idea, when it's 25°C it is actually
78°F. 0°C equals 32°F - the freezing point of water. If you're in a pinch, a quick and rough
conversion is to multiply the degrees Celsius by 2, then add 32 to get an approximate Fahrenheit
temperature.
4
(eel fay vu(n)tsu(n)k deuhgreh.)
un degré
(u(n) deuhgreh)
What's the temperature?
Il fait combien ?
(It makes how much?)
(eel fay ko(n)beea(n) ?)
Il fait chaud, il fait trente-deux degrés
(32°C).
5
It's hot, it's thirty-two degrees (32°C).
6
zero (0)
7
When we speak about temperatures, we tend to drop the word degrés to say just the number.
It's the same thing we do in English!
8
It's cold, it's zero (0°C).
9
the weather
10
11
12
zéro (0)
(zehro)
Il fait froid, il fait zéro (0°C).
(eel fay frwa, eel fay zehro.)
le temps
(leuh ta(n))
What's the weather like?
Quel temps fait-il ?
(What weather makes it?)
(kayl te(n) fay teel ?)
The weather is great!
Il fait super beau !
(It makes super beautiful!)
(eel fay super bo !)
une balade
a walk
(un(e) balahd)
13
The weather is great, it's perfect for a walk!
14
What's the weather like in Paris?
15
The weather is bad, it's raining.
16
(eel fay sho, eel fay tra(n)tdeuh
deuhgreh.)
Il fait super beau, c'est parfait pour
une balade !
(eel fay supayr bo, say parfay poor une
balahd !)
Quel temps fait-il à Paris ?
(kayl ta(n) fay teel a paree ?)
Il fait mauvais, il pleut.
(eel fay movay, eel pleuh.)
The weather is awful!
Il fait un temps de chien !
(It makes a weather of dog!)
(eel fay u(n) ta(n) deuh shyu(n) !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
90
English
17
18
19
20
21
French
un cochon
a pig
(u(n) kosho(n))
The weather is really bad!
Il fait un temps de cochon !
(It makes a weather of pigs!)
(eel fay u(n) ta(n) deuh kosho(n) !)
une corde
a rope
(une kohrd)
It's raining cats and dogs!
Il pleut des cordes !
(It rains ropes!)
(eel pleuh day kohrd !)
Dogs, pigs, or ropes - we have a whole range of idiomatic expressions in French to talk about the
weather!
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
91
Yes, let's go today. The weather forecast says that
tomorrow it's going to rain.
Oui, allons-y aujourd'hui. La météo dit que demain
il va pleuvoir.
English
French
Oui, allons-y aujourd'hui. La météo dit
que demain il va pleuvoir.
1
Yes, let's go today. The weather forecast says
that tomorrow it's going to rain.
2
(we) go (imperative)
3
You have been introduced to y previously in the chapter. It is used here in this lesson as an
equivalent of "there." Normally, it is placed before the verb, as in Tu y vas? (Are you going
there?). But beware: in the imperative form it goes after the verb: Allons-y! (Let's go there!).
4
(wee, alo(n) zee ojoordwee. la mehteyo
dee keuh deuhmu(n) eel va pleuhvwar.)
allons
(alo(n))
Let's go!
Allons-y !
(Go there!)
(alo(n) zee !)
la météo
5
the weather report
6
La météo is short for météorologie, the weather forecast. It is considered a rather familiar
term, and you'll find it in the newspapers or see it often on TV after the news.
7
she says that
8
Notice that in English the use of "that" in this type of phrase is optional - but not in French! When
you talk about what someone said, you'll use the expression dire que, and you always use que
(that).
9
tomorrow
10
to rain
11
Tomorrow, it's going to rain.
12
elle dit que
(ayl dee keuh)
demain
(deuhmu(n))
pleuvoir
(pleuhvwar)
Demain, il va pleuvoir.
(deuhmu(n), eel va pleuhvwar.)
The weather is going to be nice.
Il va faire beau.
(It is going to make beautiful.)
(eel va fayr bo.)
13
The weather is going to be nice tomorrow,
let's go for a walk.
14
Super! Let's go!
15
The weather is going to be bad.
16
(la mehteyo)
Il va faire beau demain, allons faire une
balade.
(eel va fayr bo deuhmu(n), alo(n) fayr une
balahd.)
Super ! Allons-y !
(supayr ! alo(n) zee !)
Il va faire mauvais.
(eel va fayr movay.)
The weather forecast says that tomorrow the
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
92
La météo dit que demain il va faire
mauvais.
16
weather is going to be bad.
(la mehteyo dee keuh deuhmu(n) eel va
fayr movay.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
93
English
French
Oh non ! Il va pleuvoir ce week-end !
17
Oh no ! It is going to rain this weekend!
18
It's going to snow next weekend!
19
Is the weather going to be nice next week?
(o no(n) ! eel va pleuhvwar seuh weekend
!)
Il va neiger le week-end prochain !
(eel va nehjeh leuh weekend prochu(n) !)
Il va faire beau la semaine prochaine ?
(eel va fayr bo la seuhmayn prochayn ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
94
Chapter 7: Shopping
Chapter 7: Shopping
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Express Quantities
Express Your Needs and Wants
Inquire About Store Hours
Name Different Types of Stores
Form the Expression Avoir besoin de
Start Using the Future Tense
Use Some Reflexive Verbs
Conversation
English
French
J'ai besoin d'aller faire des courses.
I need to go shopping.
(jay beuhzwu(n) daleh fayr day koors.)
Qu'est-ce que tu veux acheter ?
What do you want to buy?
(kayskeuh tu veuh ashteh ?)
Heu, alors, j'ai besoin de shampoing et de
quelques courses pour la maison.
Well, let's see. I need shampoo and some
groceries for the house.
(heu, alor, jay beuhzwu(n) deuh shampwu(n)
eh deuh kaylkeu koors poor la mayzo(n).)
À quelle heure ferme le supermarché ?
What time does the supermarket close?
(a kayl heur fayrm leuh supayrmarcheh ?)
Oh ça va, c'est ouvert jusqu'à 20 heures.
Oh, no worries, it's open until 8pm.
(o sa va, say toovayr juska vu(n) teur.)
Et j'aimerais aussi m'acheter quelques
DVD.
And I'd like to buy myself a few DVDs as well.
(eh jaymray osee mashteh kaylkeu
dehvehdeh.)
Ah pour ça, tu peux aller sur le boulevard
Saint Michel !
Oh for that, you can go on the Saint Michel
boulevard!
(a poor sa, tu peuh aleh sur leuh boolvar
su(n) meechehl !)
Tu verras, c'est super, il y a plein de
magasins là-bas.
You'll see, it's great, there are plenty of stores
there.
(tu vehra say supayr, ilya plu(n) deuh
magazuh(n) laba.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
95
I need to go shopping.
J'ai besoin d'aller faire des courses.
English
1
2
French
J'ai besoin d'aller faire des courses.
I need to go shopping.
(jay beuhzwu(n) daleh fayr day koors.)
to need
avoir besoin de
(to have need of)
(avwar beuhzwu(n) deuh)
j'ai besoin de
3
I need
4
to go shopping
5
to buy groceries
6
Did you spot the difference? Here, we say les courses (and not des courses). These two
expressions are different: faire les courses refers specifically to going grocery shopping at the
supermarket, while faire des courses is more general. It can include grocery shopping, but it
can also mean to go shopping in a shoe store, or even to go pay the bills. In English, faire des
courses could also be translated as "to run some errands."
7
I'm going grocery shopping.
8
you need
9
Do you need anything?
10
(jay beuhzwu(n) deuh)
faire des courses
(fayr day koors)
faire les courses
(fayr lay koors)
Je vais faire les courses.
(jeuh vay fayr lay koors.)
tu as besoin de
(tu a beuhzwu(n) deuh)
Tu as besoin de quelque chose ?
(tu a beuhzwu(n) deuh kaylkeu shoze ?)
No, thanks, it's nice of you.
Non, merci, c'est gentil.
(No, thanks, it's nice.)
(no(n), mayrsee, say jah(n)tee.)
11
I need to go shopping.
12
Do you want to come with me?
13
Oh yes, very good idea!
14
to buy
15
What do you want to buy?
J'ai besoin d'aller faire des courses.
(jay beuhzwu(n) daleh fayr day koors.)
Tu veux venir avec moi ?
(tu veuh veuhneer avek mwa ?)
Ah oui, très bonne idée !
(A wee, tray bun eedeh !)
acheter
(ashteh)
Qu'est-ce que tu veux acheter ?
(kayskeuh tu veuh ashteh ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
96
I need shampoo and some other stuff for the house.
J'ai besoin de shampoing et de quelques trucs pour
la maison.
English
French
J'ai besoin de shampoing et de
quelques trucs pour la maison.
1
I need shampoo and some other stuff for the
house.
2
We've already seen that "to need" is literally "to have need of" in French, avoir besoin de. When
talking about more than one thing we need, we have to repeat de (of). So here, this sentence
would literally be in English, "I'm in need of shampoo and of several other things for the house."
3
shampoo (masculine)
4
some
5
Quelque literally means "some." As it is an adjective, it agrees in number with the noun that
follows, and we have to add an "-s" if what follows is plural.
6
a thing / stuff
7
Truc is rather familiar, and it is very much used in spoken French. Its meaning is quite general,
and it can mean "thing" or "stuff."
8
some stuff
9
a fruit
10
a vegetable
11
we need
12
We need to go buy some fruits and
vegetables.
13
go (imperative)
14
the market
15
Go to the market!
(jay beuhzwu(n) deuh sha(n)pwu(n) eh
deuh kaylkeu truk poor la mayzo(n).)
shampoing
(shampwu(n))
quelque
(kaylkeu)
un truc
(u(n) truk)
quelques trucs
(kaylkeu truk)
un fruit
(u(n) frwee)
un légume
(u(n) lehgume)
nous avons besoin de
(noo zavo(n) beuhzwu(n) deuh)
Nous avons besoin d'aller acheter des
fruits et des légumes.
(noo zavo(n) beuhzwu(n) daleh ashteh
day frwee eh day lehgume.)
allez
(aleh)
le marché
(leuh marcheh)
Allez au marché !
(aleh o marcheh !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
97
English
French
16
When visiting France, enjoy wandering through the market - a big part of life in every village, town,
or big city. There you will find fresh fruits and vegetables as well as local products. In villages,
markets happen once a week, generally on Sundays, but in bigger cities you can find one almost
every day. If you are in Paris, try the one on la rue Mouffetard. It's a very old market open
every day except Mondays, on a lovely little street in old Paris.
17
cereal
18
I need to go buy cereal.
19
the supermarket
20
go (imperative)
21
Go to the Carrefour supermarket.
22
There are a lot of supermarket chains in France, from small ones like Franprix that we call
supérette (which means "little supermarket") to bigger ones like Carrefour or Auchan that are
sometimes so big we call them hypermarché.
des céréales
(day sehrehyal)
J'ai besoin d'aller acheter des céréales.
23
24
25
(jay beuhzwu(n) daleh ashteh day
sehrehyal.)
le supermarché
(leuh supayrmarcheh)
va
(va)
Va au supermarché Carrefour.
(va o supayrmarcheh karfoor.)
a can
une boîte de conserve
(a box of can)
(une bwat deuh ko(n)sayrv)
thon
tuna fish
(to(n))
a tuna can
une boîte de conserve de thon
(a box of can of tuna)
(une bwat deuh ko(n)sayrv deuh to(n))
26
You'll see that very often we tend to just say une boîte de thon (a box of tuna) instead of une
boîte de conserve de thon.
27
a jar
28
jam
29
a jar of jam
30
a tube
31
toothpaste
32
a tube of toothpaste
33
a pack
un pot
(u(n) po)
la confiture
(la ko(n)feetur)
un pot de confiture
(u(n) po deuh ko(n)feetur)
un tube
(u(n) tube)
le dentifrice
(leuh da(n)teefreece)
un tube de dentifrice
(u(n) tub deuh da(n)teefreece)
un paquet
(u(n) pakeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
98
English
34
35
French
le riz
the rice
(leuh ree)
I would like a box of rice.
Je voudrais un paquet de riz.
(I would like a pack of rice.)
(jeuh voodray u(n) pakeh deuh ree.)
36
Although nowadays rice nearly always comes in boxes, we continue to say "a pack of rice."
37
a pack of pasta
38
I would like a pack of pasta.
39
un paquet de pâtes
(u(n) pakeh deuh paht)
Je voudrais un paquet de pâtes.
(jeuh voodray u(n) pakeh deuh paht.)
a carton
une brique
(a brick )
(une breek)
Je voudrais une brique de lait s'il vous
plaît.
40
I would like a carton of milk please.
41
In France, you'll find milk sold in plastic bottles or in rectangular cartons called briques. It is often
ultra-pasteurized (we call that process UHT for short in French), which means you don't need to
refrigerate it until after opening, so it is usually not stocked near yogurts and cheeses the way it is
in the US.
42
43
(jeuh voodray une breek deuh lay seel
voo play.)
orange juice
le jus d'orange
(the juice of orange)
(leu ju dora(n)j)
I would like two bottles of orange juice please.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
99
Je voudrais deux bouteilles de jus
d'orange s'il vous plaît.
(jeuh voodray deuh bootaye deuh ju
dora(n)j seel voo play.)
What time does the supermarket close?
À quelle heure ferme le supermarché ?
English
French
À quelle heure ferme le supermarché ?
1
What time does the supermarket close?
2
Did you notice the word order here? À quelle heure is an interrogative phrase, and according to
the rule in French, we invert the word order and put the verb before the subject (à quelle heure
ferme le supermarché?). Now, in spoken French, you will quite often hear that we don't do
that and that we add a subject: à quelle heure il ferme le supermarché? (literally, "What
time does it close the supermarket?") or just à quelle heure il ferme? (What time does it
close?).
3
to close
4
it closes
5
to open
6
it opens
7
What time does the supermaket open?
8
Remember how to say the time in French? Just a quick reminder: we tell the time using a clock
from 0 to 24 or from 0 to 12. For "A.M." we say du matin and "P.M.," de l'après-midi if it's in
the afternoon, or du soir if it's in the evening. And remember, we always say "hour" after the
number: il est 9 heures ("it's nine hours" or "it's nine o'clock").
9
open
10
(a kayl heur fayrm leuh supayrmarcheh ?)
fermer
(fayrmeh)
il ferme
(eel fayrm)
ouvrir
(oovreer)
il ouvre
(eel oovr)
À quelle heure ouvre le supermarché ?
(a kayl eur oovr leuh supayrmarcheh ?)
ouvert(e)
(oovayr, oovayrt)
from nine (9) am to seven (7) pm
(from nine (9) hours to nineteen (19) hours)
11
The supermarket is open from nine (9) am to
seven (7) pm.
12
until
13
14
de neuf (9) heures à dix-neuf (19)
heures
(deuh neuveur a deezneuveur)
Le supermarché est ouvert de neuf (9)
heures à dix-neuf (19) heures.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay toovayr deuh
neuveur a deezneuveur.)
jusqu'à
(juska)
The supermarket is open until eight (8) pm.
Le supermarché est ouvert jusqu'à
vingt (20) heures.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay toovayr juska
vu(n) teur.)
no worries
ça va
(it goes)
(sa va)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
100
English
15
French
vingt-quatre (24) heures sur vingtquatre (24)
twenty-four (24) hours a day
(twenty-four (24) hours on twenty-four (24))
(vu(n)tkatreur sur vu(n)tkatr)
Oh ça va, il est ouvert vingt-quatre (24)
heures sur vingt-quatre (24).
16
Oh, no worries. It's open twenty-four (24)
hours a day.
17
Unfortunately, this doesn't exist in France as far as shopping goes! Good to know the expression
nonetheless...
18
closed
19
20
(o sa va, eel ay toovayr vu(n)tkatreur sur
vu(n)tkatr.)
fermé(e)
(fayrmeh)
on Sundays
le dimanche
(the Sunday)
(leuh deema(n)ch)
Le supermarché est fermé le dimanche.
The supermarket is closed on Sundays.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay fayrmeh leuh
deema(n)ch.)
(The supermarket is closed the Sunday.)
21
As you just saw, to talk about something that happens every Sunday (or Monday or Tuesday,
etc.), we added "the" in front (le dimanche). On the other hand, if we are talking only about this
Sunday we will just say "Sunday" without any article in front. It's easy. Try it!
22
The supermarket is closed on Sunday.
23
the mini-mart
24
at the corner
25
But the mini-mart at the corner is open.
26
Supermarkets, like most shops, are closed on Sundays in France. Nonetheless, mini-marts are
sometimes open, especially in the big cities. You can also find little shops (épiceries) selling
basic products, which are quite convenient when you are out of milk on a Sunday! It is generally a
bit more expensive there.
Le supermarché est fermé dimanche.
27
28
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay fayrmeh
deema(n)ch.)
la supérette
(la supayrayt)
au coin
(o kwu(n))
Mais la supérette au coin est ouverte.
(may la supayrayt o kwu(n) ay toovayrt.)
seven (7) days a week
sept (7) jours sur sept (7)
(seven (7) days on seven (7))
(set joor sur set)
They are open seven (7) days a week.
Ils sont ouverts sept (7) jours sur sept
(7).
(eel so(n) oovayr set joor sur set.)
29
Hmm, this is something that almost never happens in France either! Seven days a week or 24
hours a day are concepts the French have not assimilated at all. In fact, a lot of stores still close
for lunch between noon and 2pm and most of the stores are closed on Sundays, as the French
remain fond of their day of rest!
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
101
And I'd like to buy myself a few DVDs as well.
Et j'aimerais aussi m'acheter quelques DVD.
English
French
Et j'aimerais aussi m'acheter quelques
DVD.
1
And I'd like to buy myself a few DVDs as well.
2
I would like
3
Note that in French we have two different ways to say "I would like." They are very similar and can
be used either way. Je voudrais comes from the verb vouloir (to want); the other one j'aimerais - comes from the verb aimer (to like, to love) and is therefore more similar to its
English translation. Generally, we tend to use je voudrais to say what we would like to order in a
café for example, and j'aimerais to express a wish or a desire.
4
to buy oneself something
5
S'acheter is what we call a reflexive verb, which implies that the subject is performing the action
upon itself. With reflexive verbs, we use the same pronouns as in the case of reciprocal verbs.
Try it here, and remember...where does the pronoun go?
6
I would like to buy myself
7
a DVD
8
a CD
9
I would like to buy myself a few CDs.
10
Did you notice? CD and DVD do not take an "-s" in the plural in French.
11
One of the best places to find DVDs, CDs, and books is la FNAC. It is a great store dedicated to
everything cultural or educational, with products ranging from music, literature, films,
photography, and even concert tickets. There is at least one in every large city in France, and
many in Paris.
12
to feel like
13
I feel like
14
to indulge oneself
15
I feel like indulging myself.
16
you feel like
(eh jaymray osee mashteh kaylkeu
dehvehdeh.)
j'aimerais
(jaymray)
s'acheter quelque chose
(sashteh kaylkeu shoze)
j'aimerais m'acheter
(jaymray mashteh)
un DVD
(u(n) dehvehdeh)
un CD
(u(n) sehdeh)
J'aimerais m'acheter quelques CD.
(jaymray mashteh kaylkeu sehdeh.)
avoir envie de
(avwar ah(n)vee deuh)
j'ai envie de
(jay ah(n)vee deuh)
se faire plaisir
(seuh fayr playzeer)
J'ai envie de me faire plaisir.
(jay ah(n)vee deuh meuh fayr playzeer.)
tu as envie de
(tu a ah(n)vee deuh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
102
English
17
You feel like indulging yourself?
18
a video game
19
20
French
Tu as envie de te faire plaisir ?
(tu a ah(n)vee deuh teuh fayr playzeer ?)
un jeu vidéo
(u(n) jeuh veedeyo)
Tu as envie d'acheter quelques jeux
vidéo ?
Do you feel like buying a few video games?
(tu a ah(n)vee dashteh kaylkeu jeuh
veedeyo ?)
to do some shopping / to go shopping
faire les magasins
(to do the shops)
(fayr lay magazuh(n))
21
Here is another expression for going shopping, but it is specifically for going shopping for oneself
(not for groceries for the house, for example). We use it when we plan to go to buy clothes,
shoes, etc.
22
Yes, I'm going shopping.
23
to ask oneself
24
she asks herself
25
Marie asks herself where to go to do some
shopping.
26
Given that the words "great," "super," "awesome," etc., are used interchangeably depending on
the mood of the speaker, words like super and chouette can be translated in a variety of ways
as well. In the next sentence, use the word super to mean "great" this time, but remember you
can mix these up however you want!
Oui, je vais faire les magasins !
(wee, jeuh vay fayr lay magazuh(n) !)
se demander
(seuh deuhma(n)deh)
elle se demande
(ayl seu deuhma(n)d)
Marie se demande où aller faire les
magasins.
(maree seuh deuhma(n)d oo aleh fayr lay
magazuh(n).)
Allez sur le boulevard Saint Michel,
c'est super !
27
Go on the Saint Michel boulevard, it's great!
28
The Saint Michel boulevard in Paris is a great place to go for a stroll. You'll pass in front of the
Luxembourg, a very nice park, and you'll find many shops to wander as well as cafés to sit down.
A great shop at the end of the boulevard, very near the river la Seine, is Gibert Joseph, a place
to find cheap books. With La Sorbonne University not too far away, it is also a student area and
therefore full of bookstores and music stores.
29
sales
30
there (pointing word)
31
Are there sales there?
32
(aleh sur leuh boolvar su(n) meeshel, say
supayr !)
des soldes
(day sold)
là-bas
(laba)
Il y a des soldes là-bas ?
(eel ya day sold laba ?)
Yes, I believe so.
Oui, je crois.
(Yes, I believe.)
(wee, jeuh krwa.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
103
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
104
English
33
French
On va se faire plaisir !
We are going to indulge ourselves!
(o(n) va seuh fayr playseer !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
105
You'll see, it's great, there are plenty of stores
there.
Tu verras, c'est super, il y a plein de magasins làbas.
English
French
Tu verras, c'est super, il y a plein de
magasins là-bas.
1
You'll see, it's great, there are plenty of stores
there.
2
to see
3
you will see
4
plenty of
5
Plein de (plenty of) is another (and slightly more familiar) way to say beaucoup de (a lot of).
6
7
(tu vehra say supayr, ilya plu(n) deuh
magazuh(n) laba.)
voir
(vwar)
tu verras
(tu vehra)
plein de
(plu(n) deuh)
a music store
un magasin de musique
(a store of music)
(u(n) magazuh(n) deuh muzeek)
Tu verras, il y a plein de magasins de
musique.
You'll see, there are plenty of music stores.
(tu vehra, eel ya plu(n) deuh magazuh(n)
deuh muzeek.)
Et il y a un magasin de chaussures làbas ?
8
And is there a shoe store there?
9
a mall
10
You won't find many US-style, indoor malls in France. There are some in large cities, like Les
Halles, in Paris, or La Part-Dieu in Lyon, but they are still rare otherwise. France's answer to
malls still tends to be rues piétonnes, pedestrian streets lined up with small boutiques, fast
food restaurants, cafés, and larger chain stores.
11
There is a mall there.
12
the Monoprix
13
Monoprix is a great store where one can find quite a lot at reasonable prices. They are on every
corner and are a very convenient place to find nice things for the house or to indulge yourself
(with clothes, beauty products, etc.). Some of them even have full size supermarkets, so you can
really get everything in one stop!
14
15
(eh eel ya u(n) magazuh(n) deuh shosur
laba?)
un centre commercial
(u(n) sa(n)tr komersyal)
Il y a un centre commercial là-bas.
(eel ya u(n) sa(n)tr komersyal laba.)
le Monoprix
(leuh monopree)
Shall we go to the Monoprix?
On va au Monoprix ?
(We go to the Monoprix?)
(o(n) va o monopree ?)
le maquillage
makeup
(leuh makeeyaj)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
106
(leuh makeeyaj)
Bonne idée ! J'ai besoin de maquillage.
16
Good idea! I need some makeup.
(bun eedeh ! jay beuhzwu(n) deuh
makeeyaj.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
107
English
17
an item of clothing
18
Are there clothes at the Monoprix?
19
Yes, there is plenty of stuff!
French
un vêtement
(u(n) vaytme(n))
Il y a des vêtements au Monoprix ?
(eel ya day vaytmah(n) o monopree ?)
Oui, il y a plein de trucs !
(wee, eel ya plu(n)d truk !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
108
Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office
Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Invite Someone to Join You for an Activity
Name a Few Shops and Businesses
Use Basic Banking and Financial Terms
Use the Post Office
Express Necessity or Obligation with Devoir
Use the Verb Aller with the Preposition À
Use Quelque
Conversation
English
French
Je vais faire quelques courses. Tu veux
venir ?
I'm going to run some errands. Would you like to
come?
(jeuh vay fayr kaylkeuh koors. tu veuh
veuhneer ?)
Tu vas où ?
Where are you going?
(tu va oo ?)
Je vais à la banque et à la poste.
I'm going to the bank and the post office.
(jeuh vay a la ba(n)k eh a la pohst.)
Ah très bien, j'ai quelques lettres à poster.
Oh perfect, I have a few letters to mail.
(a tray beea(n), jay kaylkeuh laytr a posteh.)
Super, moi je veux envoyer un colis chez
mes parents.
Great, as for me, I want to send a package to my
parents.
(supayr, mwa jeuh va(n)vwayeh u(n) kolee
cheh may para(n).)
Qu'est-ce que tu vas faire à la banque ?
What are you going to do at the bank?
(kayskeuh tu va fayr a la ba(n)k ?)
Je dois aller prendre encore quelques
chèques de voyage.
I need to go pick up a few more traveler's checks.
(jeuh dwa aleh pra(n)dr a(n)kor kaylkeuh
chayk deuh vwayaj.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
109
I'm going to run some errands. Do you want to
come?
Je vais faire quelques courses. Tu veux venir ?
English
French
Je vais faire quelques courses. Tu veux
venir ?
1
I'm going to run some errands. Do you want
to come?
2
to run some errands
3
Remember the expression faire des courses? We saw it in the previous chapter as "to go
shopping" and as we mentioned before, it is also commonly used as "to run some errands." We
often use it with quelques, "some," just like in English.
4
faire quelques courses
(fayr kaylkeuh koors)
Where are you going?
Tu vas où ?
(You are going where?)
(tu va oo ?)
5
I'm going to run some errands.
6
I go out / I'm going out
7
I'm going out to run some errands.
8
You're going out? Where are you going?
9
I'm going to run errands. Do you want to
come?
10
Yes, good idea!
11
I am coming with you!
12
We go out.
13
(jeuh vay fayr kaylkeuh koors. tu veuh
veuhneer ?)
Je vais faire quelques courses.
(jeuh vay fayr kaylkeuh koors.)
je sors
(jeuh sohr)
Je sors faire quelques courses.
(jeuh sohr fayr kaylkeuh koors.)
Tu sors ? Tu vas où ?
(tu sohr ? tu va oo ?)
Je vais faire des courses. Tu veux venir
?
(jeuh vay fayr day koors. tu veuh
veuhneer ?)
Oui, bonne idée !
(wee, bun eedeh !)
Je viens avec toi !
(jeuh vyu(n) avek twa !)
Nous sortons.
(noo sohrto(n))
Let's go out!
Sortons !
((we) go out! (imperative))
(sohrto(n))
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
110
I'm going to the bank and the post office.
Je vais à la banque et à la poste.
English
French
Je vais à la banque et à la poste.
1
I'm going to the bank and the post office.
2
to go to
3
the bank
4
the post office
5
I'm going to the supermarket.
6
Did you get this one right? Remember that we never say à le but put au in front of a masculine
word. So, to say where you are going in French, you put à la in front of feminine words, au in
front of masculine words and à l' if the word begins with a vowel. All you need to know is what
gender category the word falls under!
7
the bakery
8
I'm going to the bakery.
9
the grocery store
10
Are you going to the grocery store?
11
No, I'm going to the bank.
12
The most well-known French banks are, to name a few, BNP (Banque Nationale de Paris),
Société Générale or le Crédit Lyonnais. Their hours are generally from 10am to 5pm, and
they are closed during the weekend. The post office (la poste) acts as a bank as well (la
Banque Postale) so if you can't find a bank to take out some money, look for the yellow sign of
the post office; most of the time they also have an ATM!
13
(jeuh vay a la ba(n)k eh a la pohst.)
aller à
(aleh a)
la banque
(la ba(n)k)
la poste
(la post)
Je vais au supermarché.
(jeuh vay o supermarcheh.)
la boulangerie
(la boola(n)jree)
Je vais à la boulangerie.
(jeuh vay a la boola(n)jree.)
l'épicerie
(lehpeesree)
Tu vas à l'épicerie ?
(tu va a lehpeesree ?)
Non, je vais à la banque.
(no(n), jeuh vay a la ba(n)k.)
the newsstand
le bureau de tabac
(the office of tobacco)
(leuh buro deuh taba)
14
Le bureau de tabac is a place where French people can buy their cigarettes (despite the high
price of cigarettes, the French are still big smokers!). It is similar to an American newsstand and
there you can find postcards, stamps, newspapers and magazines as well. You'll see that many
have a carrot-shaped red lighted sign with the word Tabac (tobacco). That is because in the old
times tobacco leaves were rolled in the shape of a carrot!
15
He's going to the newsstand.
Il va au bureau de tabac.
(eel va o buro deuh taba.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
111
English
French
16
France doesn't have an equivalent for CVS and Walgreens. Prescriptions have to be bought in
pharmacies that sell mostly medication and a few hygiene products. You will also see
parapharmacies: they sell over the counter medication, beauty products, and hygiene
products, but you cannot fill a prescription there.
17
Let's go to the pharmacy.
18
the bookstore
19
Are you going to the bookstore?
20
Librairie is a word that we call a faux ami, "false friend," because it sounds so close to an
English word, but means something different! Une librairie is in fact a bookstore, and the
French word for "library" is une bibliothèque. You will find hundreds of librairies in Paris alone,
from large ones like Gibert-Joseph to charming little specialized ones.
Allons à la pharmacie.
(alo(n) a la farmasee.)
la librairie
(la leebrayree)
Vous allez à la librairie ?
(voo zaleh a la leebrayree ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
112
Oh perfect, I have a few letters to mail.
Ah très bien, j'ai quelques lettres à poster.
English
French
Ah très bien, j'ai quelques lettres à
poster.
1
Oh perfect, I have a few letters to mail.
2
a letter
3
to mail something
4
I'm going to the post office, I have a few
letters to mail.
5
The post office in France (La Poste), a yellow building, has very efficient service and has been
modernized a lot recently. You can go there to buy your stamps, post your packages, or mail
your letters. A lot has been automated, but there is always someone to help you in case of a
problem. If you're sending a letter within France, as of 2010, you'll need a standard 0.58 Euro
stamp. If you are sending it to another country, then the price will vary depending on where
you're sending it and how heavy it is.
6
a package
7
I have a package to mail.
8
to send
9
Can you send a letter for me?
10
As for me, I want to send a package to my
parents.
11
The French take their stamps seriously! If you go to the post office's website
(http://timbres.laposte.fr), you'll see that in addition to the traditional Marianne stamps, the postal
services constantly come up with new stamps to commemorate different occasions, showcase
the different regions of France, endangered species, etc. Check them out for yourself or for your
philatelist friends (that's a fancy term for a stamp collector, by the way)!
12
a stamp
13
an envelope
14
Be careful, up next you'll have to use the indirect object pronoun me, but think carefully about
where to place it!
(a tray beea(n), jay kaylkeuh laytr a
posteh.)
une lettre
(une laytr)
poster quelque chose
(posteh kaylkeuh shoz)
Je vais à la poste, j'ai quelques lettres à
poster.
(jeuh vay a la pohst, jay kaylkeuh laytr a
posteh.)
un colis
(u(n) kolee)
J'ai un colis à poster.
(jay u(n) kolee a posteh.)
envoyer
(a(n)vwayeh)
Tu peux envoyer une lettre pour moi ?
(tu peuh a(n)vwayeh une laytr poor mwa
?)
Moi, je veux envoyer un colis chez mes
parents.
(mwa, jeuh veuh a(n)vwayeh u(n) kolee
sheh may para(n).)
un timbre
(u(n) ti(n)br)
une enveloppe
(une a(n)vlup)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
113
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
114
English
15
16
17
French
Tu peux m'acheter deux timbres et
quatre enveloppes ?
Can you buy me two stamps and four
envelopes?
(tu peu mashteh deuh tu(n)br eh katr
a(n)vlup ?)
Elle va au bureau de tabac acheter des
timbres.
She goes to the newsstand to buy stamps.
(ayl va o buro deuh taba ashteh day
tu(n)br.)
a mailbox
une boîte aux lettres
(a box to the letters)
(une bwatolaytr)
Il y a une boîte aux lettres devant la
boulangerie.
18
There's a mailbox in front of the bakery.
19
Mailboxes are yellow boxes you can find nearly everywhere in the streets. Be careful to put your
letter in the right section: Paris-Banlieue for the letters to be sent to Paris and its suburbs
(you'll see the postal codes 75 for Paris then 76, 77, 78 and 91, 92, 93, and 94 which are the
postal codes of the suburbs) or Autres Départements-Etranger for the letters to be sent to
other departments in France and/or abroad.
(eel ya une bwatolaytr deuhva(n) la
boola(n)jree.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
115
What are you going to do at the bank?
Qu'est-ce que tu vas faire à la banque ?
English
1
2
French
Qu'est-ce que tu vas faire à la banque ?
What are you going to do at the bank?
(kayskeuh tu va fayr a la ba(n)k ?)
to withdraw money
retirer de l'argent
(to pull some money out)
(reuhteereh deuh larja(n))
un distributeur
3
an ATM
4
I'm going to the ATM to withdraw some
money.
5
to deposit
6
an account
7
I'm going to the bank to deposit some money
on my account.
8
to exchange
9
I'd like to exchange some money.
10
a currency exchange office
11
Go to the currency exchange office.
12
You'll find many currency exchange offices in the cities in France, mainly in train stations and
airports, as well as touristy areas. If you can't find any, you can always go in a bank to ask for a
bureau de change. Sometimes banks offer this service as well.
13
the exchange rate
(u(n) deestreebuteur)
Je vais au distributeur retirer de
l'argent.
(jeuh vay o deestreebuteur reuhteerehd
larja(n).)
déposer
(dehpozeh)
un compte
(u(n) ko(n)t)
Je vais à la banque déposer de l'argent
sur mon compte.
(jeuh vay a la ba(n)k dehpozehd larja(n)
sur mo(n) ko(n)t.)
changer
(sha(n)jeh)
Je voudrais changer de l'argent.
(jeuh voodray sha(n)jeh deuh larja(n).)
un bureau de change
(u(n) byuro deuh cha(n)j)
Va au bureau de change.
(va o burod sha(n)j.)
le taux de change
(leuh tohd sha(n)j)
Quel est le taux de change pour les
dollars ?
14
What is the exchange rate for dollars?
15
The exchange rate fluctuates, but the Euro is still at this point stronger than the dollar, with
roughly 0.75 Euro for 1 Dollar (in late 2010).
(kaylay leuh tohd sha(n)j poor lay dolahr
?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
116
I need to pick up a few more traveler's checks.
Je dois aller prendre encore quelques chèques de
voyage.
English
French
I need to pick up a few more traveler's checks.
Je dois aller prendre encore quelques
chèques de voyage.
1
(I have to go take some more traveler's
checks.)
2
to have to / to must
3
Devoir is used in French to talk about obligations or necessities: je dois être au travail à 8h,
"I must be at work at 8am," je dois aller retirer de l'argent, "I have to go withdraw some
money."
4
I have to / I must
5
more
6
Encore is a little word that can have different meanings: "still," "again," "more," and, when
associated with pas, "not yet," pas encore. You surely understand now why it's said at the end
of a good performance!
7
a traveler's check
8
you have to / you must
(jeuh dwa aleh pra(n)dr a(n)kor kaylkeuh
chayk deuh vwayaj.)
devoir
(deuhvwar)
je dois
(jeuh dwah)
encore
(a(n)kor)
un chèque de voyage
(u(n) shayk deuh vwayaj)
tu dois
(tu dwa)
Pourquoi est-ce que tu dois aller à la
banque ?
9
Why do you have to go to the bank?
10
because
11
Because I want to pick up a few more
traveler's checks.
12
American Express traveler's checks are the most widely accepted, although you will also find
Thomas Cook and Visa-issued ones. Most banks are able to deliver traveler's checks. They are a
great and safe way to use money abroad, with a guarantee to get reimbursed should they be
stolen or lost.
13
Why do you have to go to the post office?
14
Because I want to send some letters to the
United States.
(poorkwa ayskeuh tu dwa aleh a la
ba(n)k ?)
parce que
(parse keuh)
Parce que je veux prendre encore
quelques chèques de voyage.
(parse keuh jeuh veuh pra(n)dr a(n)kohr
kaylkeuh shayk deuh vwayaj.)
Pourquoi est-ce que tu dois aller à la
poste?
(poorkwa ayskeuh tu dwa aleh a la pohst
?)
Parce que je veux envoyer quelques
lettres aux États-Unis.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
117
15
vous devez
you have to / you must
(voo deuhveh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
118
English
16
Do you have to withdraw some money?
17
we have to / we must
18
the rent
19
Yes, we have to pay the rent today.
20
she has to / she must
21
a bill
22
French
Vous devez retirer de l'argent ?
(voo deuhveh reuhteereh deuh larja(n) ?)
nous devons
(noo deuhvo(n))
le loyer
(leuh lwayeh)
Oui, nous devons payer le loyer
aujourd'hui.
(wee, noo deuhvo(n) pehyeh leuh lwayeh
ojoordwee.)
elle doit
(ayl dwa)
une facture
(une faktur)
Et Isabelle ? Elle doit payer des
factures aujourd'hui ?
And Isabelle? She has to pay bills today?
(eh eezabayl ? ayl dwa pehyeh day faktur
ojoordwee ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
119
Chapter 9: Leisure Activities
Chapter 9: Leisure Activities
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Make Plans for an Activity
Remind Someone to Bring Something
Suggest Going Somewhere
Understand the Imperative in the Negative
Form
Use the Conditional
Use the Future
Conversation
English
French
Qu'est-ce que tu veux faire aujourd'hui ?
What do you want to do today?
(kayskeuh tu veuh fayr ojoordwee ?)
On pourrait aller à la plage ?
We could go to the beach?
(o(n) pooray aleh a la plaj ?)
Bonne idée ! Allons à la plage ! On va
pouvoir enfin bronzer.
Good idea! Let's go to the beach! We can get a
tan finally.
(bonn eedeh ! alo(n) a la plaj ! o(n) va
poovwar e(n)fu(n) bro(n)zeh.)
On y va à pied ?
Shall we walk there ?
(o(n) nee va a pyeh ?)
Oui, super ! On aura tellement chaud, on
sera prêts à sauter dans l'eau !
Yes, super! We will be so hot, we'll be ready to
jump in the water!
(wee, supayr ! on ora taylma(n) sho, o(n) sra
preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
Ah oui c'est sûr, il fait tellement chaud !
Ah, n'oublie pas la crème solaire.
Oh yes, that's for sure, it's so hot! Oh, don't forget
the sunscreen.
(a wee, say sur, eel fay taylma(n) sho ! a,
nooblee pa la kraym solayr.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
120
We could go to the beach.
On pourrait aller à la plage ?
English
French
On pourrait aller à la plage ?
1
We could go to the beach.
2
In French, to suggest doing something, we use the conditional tense, just like in English.
3
we could
4
The conditional in French is usually formed based on the infinitive form, to which we add the
following endings: -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. As always in French, there are some irregular
ones that form their conditional on an irregular root. Like here with pouvoir, the conditional is
based on the root: pourr to which we add the regular endings.
5
I would like to go to the beach.
6
Now that you have the root of vouloir to form the conditional and you've seen the endings, what
would be the form for tu? Try it now, before we present it on the next slide!
7
you would like
8
Would you like to go to the beach?
9
If you are a beach fan, you can go either to the Atlantic coast with its miles of long beaches - and
a paradise for surfers, especially near Bordeaux - or to the Mediterranean coast with its crystalclear blue sea. Take your pick!
10
to swim
11
(o(n) pooray aleh a la plaj ?)
on pourrait
(o(n) pooray)
Je voudrais aller à la plage.
(jeuh voodray aleh a la plaj.)
tu voudrais
(tu voodray)
Tu voudrais aller à la plage ?
(tu voodray aleh a la plaj ?)
nager
(najeh)
Yes, I would like to go for a swim!
Oui, je voudrais aller nager !
(Yes, I would like to go to swim!)
(wee, jeuh voodray aleh najeh !)
12
you want to do
13
What do you want to do today?
tu veux faire
(tu veuh fayr)
Qu'est-ce que tu veux faire aujourd'hui
?
(kayskeuh tu veuh fayr ojoordwee ?)
aller au cinéma
14
go to the movies
15
We could go to the movies.
16
Me, I would like to go to the mountains.
(aleh o seenehma)
On pourrait aller au cinéma ?
(o(n) pooray aleh o seenehma ?)
Moi, je voudrais aller à la montagne.
(mwa, jeuh voodray aleh ala mo(n)tanye.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
121
English
French
Je voudrais aller faire une randonnée
dans la montagne.
17
I would like to go for a hike in the mountains.
18
In France, many people love to go trekking and camping in the mountains for a few days. En
route, one also has the opportunity to sleep in the shelters scattered along the hiking paths.
19
20
21
(jeuh voodray aleh fayr une ra(n)doneh
da(n) la mo(n)tanye.)
Une randonnée ? Pourquoi pas, allons-y
!
A hike? Why not, let's go!
(une ra(n)doneh ? poorkwa pa, alo(n) zee
!)
I would like to go to the mall.
J'aimerais aller au centre commercial.
(I would love to go to the mall.)
(jaymray aleh o sa(n)tr komehrsyal.)
a nightclub
une boîte de nuit
(a night box)
(une bwat deuh nwee)
22
Major French cities offer plenty of going-out opportunities, from quiet bars to large night clubs!
We call those boîtes de nuit, literally "night boxes," but you'll also hear people refer to them as
clubs or discothèques. Some popular ones in Paris are le Gibus for techno music or la
Guinguette Pirate, one of the more and more popular boat-clubs located on the river, in front
of the National Library.
23
to a nightclub
24
And tonight, would you like to go to a
nightclub?
25
Yes, and to the museum tomorrow!
26
Certain French cities really do have it all! If you go to Nice, you'll be able to start your day at the
beach, spend the afternoon at the museum (the Musée Matisse and the Musée d'Art
Moderne et d'Art Contemporain are excellent) and then go clubbing at night!
en boîte
(ah(n) bwat)
Et ce soir, tu voudrais aller en boîte ?
(eh seuh swar, tu voodray aleh ah(n)
bwat ?)
Oui, et au musée demain !
(wee, eh o muzeh deuhmu(n) !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
122
Shall we walk there ? On y va à pied ?
English
1
French
Shall we walk there ?
On y va à pied ?
(We go there on foot?)
(o(n) nee va a pyeh ?)
2
Do you remember y? It is used when we want to talk about a place mentioned before and want to
avoid repetition. It is usually translated by "there" in English. Keep in mind that in French it goes
before the verb!
3
We go there.
4
5
6
7
8
9
On y va.
(o(n) nee va)
walking
à pied
(on foot)
(a pyeh)
cycling
à vélo
(on cycle)
(a vehlo)
On y va à vélo ?
Shall we cycle there?
(o(n) nee va a vehlo ?)
by horse
à cheval
(on horse)
(ashval)
You've probably noticed that when talking about going somewhere walking, cycling, or on
horseback we use the preposition à + the noun (pied, vélo, cheval).
Or by horse!
Ou à cheval !
(Or on horse!)
(oo ashval !)
la voiture
10
the car
11
by car / driving
12
Now, when we talk about going somewhere with a means of transportation, we use the
preposition en like here: en voiture. And as you are going to see, we use the same construction
whether we talk of the train, the bus, or a plane.
13
I would like to go there by car.
14
by train
15
I would rather / I would prefer
16
Oops, here we let you figure out the conditional form of this verb on your own. It is a regular one
so it wasn't too difficult...or was it? Don't worry, you'll have more chances to practice in this
chapter! Remember to keep the infinitive form and add the proper ending!
17
I would rather go there by train!
(la vwatur)
en voiture
(ah(n) vwatur)
Je voudrais y aller en voiture.
(jeuh voodray ee yaleh ah(n) vwatur.)
en train
(ah(n) tru(n))
je préférerais
(jeuh prehfayray)
Je préférerais y aller en train !
(jeuh prehfayrray ee yaleh ah(n) tru(n) !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
123
English
18
he would rather / he would prefer
19
by plane
20
Marc would rather go there by plane.
21
by bus
22
we would rather / we would prefer
23
We would rather go there by bus.
French
il préférerait
(eel prehfayrray)
en avion
(ahn avyo(n))
Marc préférerait y aller en avion.
(mark prehfayrray ee yaleh ahn avyo(n).)
en bus
(ah(n) bus)
nous préférerions
(noo prehfayreuhryo(n))
Nous préférerions y aller en bus.
(noo prehfayrryo(n) yaleh ah(n) bus.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
124
Yes, super! We will be so hot, we'll be ready to jump
in the water!
Oui, super ! On aura tellement chaud, on sera
prêts à sauter dans l'eau !
English
French
Oui, super ! On aura tellement chaud,
on sera prêts à sauter dans l'eau !
1
Yes, super! We will be so hot, we'll be ready to
jump in the water!
2
we will have
3
we will be
4
After the conditional, here comes the future form! The future is quite easy in general, just like the
conditional, as we take the infinitive form of the verb and add the following endings: -ai, -as, -a, ons, -ez, -ont. Here we used the two auxiliaries that, as usual, have an irregular root: aur for
avoir and ser for être.
5
so
6
Be careful, to say "to be hot" or "to be cold" in French, we actually say "to have hot/cold" (avoir
chaud, avoir froid).
7
on aura
(on ora)
on sera
(o(n) seuhra)
tellement
(taylma(n))
We will be so hot!
On aura tellement chaud !
(We will have so hot!)
(on ora taylma(n) sho !)
prêt / prête
8
ready
9
to jump
10
We will be ready to jump in the water!
11
I will have
12
(wee, supayr ! on ora taylma(n) sho, o(n)
sra preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
(preh / prayt)
sauter
(soteh)
On sera prêts à sauter dans l'eau !
(o(n) sra preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
j'aurai
(joray)
I will be really hot!
J'aurai super chaud !
(I will have super hot!)
(joray supayr sho !)
je serai
13
I will be
14
I will be ready to jump in the water!
15
To talk about future events in French we frequently use the near future (aller + infinitive) but the
simple future tense is used as well. It is for situations like this one or to talk about future projects.
16
you will have
(jeuh seuhray)
Je serai prêt à sauter dans l'eau !
(jeuh sray preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
tu auras
(tu ora)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
125
English
17
You will be so cold!
18
you will be
19
to go home
20
You will be ready to go home!
French
Tu auras tellement froid !
(tu ora taylma(n) frwa !)
tu seras
(tu seuhra)
aller à la maison
(aleh ala mayzo(n))
Tu seras prête à aller à la maison !
(tu seuhra prayt a aleh ala mayzo(n) !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
126
Oh yes, for sure, it's so hot!
Ah oui c'est sûr, il fait tellement chaud !
English
1
French
Ah oui c'est sûr, il fait tellement chaud
!
Oh yes, for sure, it's so hot!
(a wee, say sur, eel fay taylma(n) sho !)
2
3
for sure
c'est sûr
(that is sure)
(say sur)
Would you like to go for a swim?
Tu voudrais nager ?
(You would like to swim?)
(tu voodray najeh ?)
se baigner
4
to swim / to bathe
5
Se baigner is one of the favorite leisure activities of French people during summer. The
difference between nager and se baigner is that the latter consists more of getting leisurely
into the water and playing around.
6
I would love
7
9
finally
12
(jadohrray)
(Oh, for sure, I would love to go bathe myself!)
to tan
11
j'adorerais
Oh, for sure, I would love to go swim!
8
10
(seuh baynyeh)
Oh, c'est sûr, j'adorerais aller me
baigner !
(o say sur, jadohrray alehm baynyeh !)
bronzer
(bro(n)zeh)
enfin
(a(n)fu(n))
Oh yes, good idea, we're going to tan finally!
(Oh yes, good idea, we go finally tan!)
Oh oui, bonne idée, on va enfin bronzer
!
(o wee, bun eedeh, o(n) va a(n)fu(n)
bro(n)zeh !)
Il fait tellement chaud ! On prend
l'apéro ?
It's so hot! What about having an aperitif?
(It's so hot ! We take the aperitif?)
(eel fay taylma(n) sho ! o(n) pra(n)
lapehro ?)
playing petanque
jouer à la pétanque
(to play at the petanque)
(jooeh ala pehta(n)k)
13
La pétanque is a game similar to bocce ball which originated in the South of France and is now
played a bit everywhere in the country. It is particularly popular during summer since it's an
outside activity. The rules are fairly simple: you have to throw your metal ball as close as possible
to a small wooden ball called cochonnet.
14
Here, take a minute to think. We are going to ask you to put the verb pouvoir in the future. We
have seen the root (pourr) to which you will have to add the appropriate ending.
15
we will be able to
16
on pourra
(o(n) poora)
Super ! Et on pourra jouer à la
pétanque !
Great! And we can play petanque!
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
127
16
Great! And we can play petanque!
(supayr ! eh o(n) poora jooeh ala
pehta(n)k !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
128
English
French
un enfant
17
a child
18
the garden
19
Now a bit of a challenge: let's see if you can remember the "ils" form, or third person plural form,
in the future!
20
And the children will be able to play in the
garden!
(un a(n)fa(n))
le jardin
(leuh jardu(n))
Et les enfants pourront jouer dans le
jardin !
(eh lay za(n)fa(n) pooro(n) jooeh da(n)
leuh jardu(n) !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
129
Don't forget the sunscreen!
N'oublie pas la crème solaire !
English
French
N'oublie pas la crème solaire !
1
Don't forget the sunscreen!
2
to forget
3
Forget!
4
Remember the imperative form? We are going to use it in the next exercises with negation.
5
Don't forget!
6
(nooblee pa la kraym solayr !)
oublier
(oobleeyeh)
Oublie !
(ooblee !)
N'oublie pas !
(nooblee pa !)
the sunscreen
la crème solaire
(the solar cream)
(la kraym solayr)
la serviette
7
the towel
8
Don't forget the towels!
9
the beach umbrella
10
Forget!
11
Don't forget the beach umbrellas!
12
you take
13
You take the towels, ok?
(la sayrvyayt)
N'oublie pas les serviettes !
(nooblee pa lay sayrvyayt !)
le parasol
(leuh parasohl)
Oubliez !
(oobleeyeh !)
N'oubliez pas les parasols !
(noobleeyeh pa lay parasohl !)
tu prends
(tu pra(n))
Tu prends les serviettes, d'accord ?
(tu pra(n) lay sayrvyayt, dakor ?)
Oui, et toi, n'oublie pas la crème solaire
!
14
Yes, and you, don't forget the sunscreen!
15
In France you'll see the letters IP on sunscreen bottles, followed by the number 8, 30, 45, etc. It
stands for indice de protection, "protection index," and is exactly the same thing as SPF.
16
a bathing suit
17
Oh, and don't forget your bathing suit!
(wee, eh twa, nooblee pa la kraym solayr
!)
un maillot de bain
(u(n) mayo deuh bu(n))
Oh, et n'oublie pas ton maillot de bain !
(o, eh nooblee pa to(n) mayo dbu(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
130
English
French
18
You've probably heard about French women going topless at the beach, but the practice is much
less common nowadays. While it's still perfectly legal to go topless, there is a definite trend
among the younger generation (more aware of the risks coming from sun exposure) to cover up
a bit more at the beach and wear a maillot deux pièces!
19
a bag
20
It's already in my bag!
un sac
(u(n) sahk)
Il est déjà dans mon sac !
(eelay dehja da(n) mo(n) sak !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
131
Chapter 10: Sightseeing
Chapter 10: Sightseeing
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Ask About and Discuss a Famous Person
Ask to See Famous or Local Places
Offer to Do Something
State an Idea
Learn Another Use of Bien
Use the Imperfect with Aller
Use Devoir in the Conditional Tense as
"Should"
Conversation
English
French
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter la ville
aujourd'hui.
I feel like visiting the city today.
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veeseeteh la veel
ojoordwee.)
Tu as envie de voir quelque chose en
particulier ?
Is there anything in particular you'd like to see?
(tu a anvee deuh vwar kaylkeuhshoz e(n)
parteekulyeh ?)
Tout ce que je ne devrais pas rater avant
de partir !
Everything I shouldn't miss before leaving!
(tooskeuh jeuhn deuhvray pa rateh ava(n)
deuh parteer !)
Ouh la la, rien que ça ? Bon, j'ai quelques
idées.
Wow, just that ? Ok, I have some ideas.
(oh la la, ryu(n)k sa ? bo(n), jay kaylkeuh
zeedeh.)
Ça te dit un musée ou un site historique ?
How about a museum or a historical site?
(sa teuh dee u(n) muzeh oo u(n) seet
eestoreek ?)
Ah oui, absolument ! Et après on pourrait
faire un endroit pas trop touristique.
Oh yes, definitely! And then we could go to a less
touristy place.
(a wee, absoluma(n) ! eh apray o(n) pooray
fayr un a(n)drwa pa tro tooreesteek.)
D'accord, je connais quelques endroits pas
mal du tout !
Ok, I know some pretty good places!
(dakor, jeuh konay kaylkeuh za(n)drwa pa
mal du too !)
Et si on allait voir la maison de Monet ?
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
132
What about going to see Monet's house?
(eh see o(n) alay vwar la mayzo(n) deuh
moneh ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
133
English
French
Oui, pourquoi pas mais c'est un peu loin.
Sure, why not, but it's a little far.
(wee, poorkwa pa may sayt u(n) peuh
lwu(n).)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
134
I feel like visiting the city today.
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter la ville aujourd'hui.
English
1
2
3
4
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter la ville
aujourd'hui.
I feel like visiting the city today.
(I kind of feel like going to visit the city today.)
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veeseeteh la
veel ojoordwee.)
kind of / quite
bien
(well)
(beea(n))
We've seen this little word more than a few times! Its general meaning is "well," but here it is
used as "quite" or "kind of." The expression J'ai bien envie de means "I kind of feel like" or even
better "I would like very much to." The difference is quite subtle and we preferred to present it just
as "I feel like" in the following lines. It's just another way to express interest in doing something,
so start using it as well as the other expressions you know!
I feel like
J'ai bien envie de
(I kind of feel like)
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee deuh)
5
to go visit
6
the city
7
the village
8
French
aller visiter
(aleh veezeeteh)
la ville
(la veel)
le village
(leuh veelaj)
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter le village.
I feel like visiting the village.
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veezeeteh
leuh veelaj.)
(I kind of feel like going to visit the village.)
le quartier
9
the neighborhood
10
the Marais
11
We've already mentioned this area of Paris, an old and trendy place to go wandering!
12
the Marais neighborhood
(leuh kartyeh)
le Marais
(leuh maray)
le quartier du Marais
(leuh kartyeh du maray)
13
I feel like visiting the Marais neighborhood.
14
in particular
15
you feel like
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter le quartier
du Marais.
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veezeeteh
leuh kartyeh du maray.)
en particulier
(e(n) parteekulyeh)
tu as envie de
(tu a ah(n)vee deuh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
135
English
French
Tu as envie de voir quelque chose en
particulier ?
16
Do you feel like seeing something in
particular?
17
Yes, I feel like going to the Rodin Museum
today.
18
Le musée Rodin opened in 1919 and used to be the residence of the French sculptor Auguste
Rodin from 1908 to his death in 1917. He donated all his work as well as his private collection
(which includes some paintings from Monet, Van Gogh, and Renoir) to the State on the condition
that they turn the building into a museum. It is a splendid private hotel from the 18th century
that is alone worth a visit, as are its private gardens where you can see more of Rodin's
sculptures exhibited.
19
a church
(tu a anvee deuh vwar kaylkeuhshoz e(n)
parteekulyeh ?)
Oui, j'ai bien envie d'aller au Musée
Rodin aujourd'hui.
(wee, jay beea(n) na(n)vee daleh o muzeh
rodu(n) ojoordwee.)
une église
(une ehgleez)
Moi, je préférerais visiter l'église SaintEustache.
20
Me, I would rather visit Saint-Eustache church.
21
Notre-Dame de Paris is only one of many churches worth visiting in Paris. L'église SaintEustache is another beautiful Gothic church in central Paris, dating back to the 16th century.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
136
(mwa, jeuh prehfayray veezeeteh
lehgleez su(n)teuhstash.)
Everything that I shouldn't miss before leaving!
Tout ce que je ne devrais pas rater avant de partir
!
English
French
Tout ce que je ne devrais pas rater
avant de partir !
1
Everything that I shouldn't miss before
leaving!
2
everything
3
Remember the verb devoir? It is translated as "must" in English when used in the present
tense. However, when it is used as the conditional, it is the equivalent of "should" in English.
Keep that in mind for the following slides!
4
I should
5
that / which
6
everything that I should
7
everything that I shouldn't
8
to miss
9
Rater is rather informal but used a lot in French. It is the equivalent of manquer, a more
formal way to translate "to miss."
10
to leave
11
(tooskeuh jeuhn deuhvray pa rateh
ava(n) deuh parteer !)
tout
(too)
je devrais
(jeuh deuhvray)
ce que
(seuh keuh)
tout ce que je devrais
(too seuh keuh jeuh deuhvray)
tout ce que je ne devrais pas
(too seuh keuh jeuhn deuhvray pa )
rater
(rateh)
partir
(parteer)
before leaving
avant de partir
(before of leaving)
(ava(n) deuh parteer)
12
We’ve already seen the personal pronouns as objects in sentences, so can you guess where the
pronoun "everything" will go in the next sentence?
13
I want to buy everything in this store before
leaving!
14
I want to see everything before leaving!
15
I want to taste everything before eating!
16
I should eat everything that I want!
Je veux tout acheter dans ce magasin
avant de partir !
(jeuh veuh toot ashteh da(n) seuh
magazu(n) ava(n) deuh parteer !)
Je veux tout voir avant de partir !
(jeuh veuh too vwar ava(n) deuh parteer
!)
Je veux tout goûter avant de manger !
(jeuh veuh too gooteh ava(n) deuh
ma(n)jeh !)
Je devrais manger tout ce que je veux !
(jeuh deuhvray ma(n)jeh tooskeuh jeuh
veuh !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
137
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
138
English
17
French
rien que ça
just that / only that
(ryu(n) keuh sa)
Tu veux tout manger ? Ouh la la, rien
que ça ?
18
You want to eat everything? Wow, just that?
19
Remember here, "should" is the verb devoir in the conditional tense. We've seen that the root is
devr; all you have to do now is add the endings we've seen previously.
20
you should
21
(tu veuh too ma(n)jeh ? oo la la, ryu(n)
keuh sa ?)
tu devrais
(tu deuhvray)
Tu devrais aller dans un bon restaurant.
You should go to a good restaurant.
(tu deuhvray aleh da(n) zu(n) bo(n)
rehstora(n).)
(You should go in a good restaurant.)
22
Did you get the tu form right? Now let's try it for "we." Since we are speaking informally in this
chapter assume that you will need to use on rather than nous unless specified otherwise. Don't
forget: with on, we use the il/elle endings.
23
we should
on devrait
(o(n) deuhvray)
Oh oui, on devrait aller dans un bon
restaurant !
24
Oh yes, we should go to a good restaurant!
25
In French, we have many ways to say "OK" like d'accord or, as you're going to see in the next
sentence, bon. Bon is used often as an introductory word at the beginning of a sentence,
whereas d'accord shows agreement with what was just said.
26
Ok, I have some ideas.
27
28
29
(o wee, o(n) deuhvray aleh da(n) zu(n)
bo(n) rehstora(n) !)
Bon, j'ai quelques idées.
(bo(n) jay kaylkeuh zeedeh.)
hip
branché / branchée
(plugged in)
(bra(n)sheh / bra(n)sheh)
traditionnel / traditionnelle
traditional
(tradeesyonayl / tradeesyonayle)
Would you like to go to a hip restaurant or a
more traditional one?
Tu voudrais aller dans un restaurant
branché ou un plus traditionnel ?
(Would you like to go in a hip restaurant or
one more traditional?)
(tu voodray aleh da(n) zu(n) rehstora(n)
bra(n)sheh oo u(n) plu tradeesyonayl ?)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
139
How about a museum or a historical site?
Ça te dit un musée ou un site historique ?
English
French
Ça te dit un musée ou un site
historique ?
1
How about a museum or a historical site?
2
how about
3
Ça te dit de is an expression we've seen earlier and translated as "do you feel like...?" In a very
similar meaning, we can use it without the de as the equivalent of "how about...?" in English.
4
a historical site
5
the Eiffel Tower
6
France, including Paris of course, is full of museums, cathedrals and historical sites. The Eiffel
Tower is one of the emblems of the capital, but was supposed to be temporary! Constructed in
less than two years for the Universal Exposition of 1889, the "Iron Lady," (la Dame de Fer) as
we like to call her, escaped demolition thanks to her purpose in matters of telegraphy and her
antenna.
7
How about the Eiffel Tower?
8
(sa teuh dee u(n) muzeh oo u(n) seet
eestoreek ?)
ça te dit
(sa teuh dee)
un site historique
(u(n) seet eestoreek)
la tour Eiffel
(la toor ayfayl)
Ça te dit la tour Eiffel ?
(sa teuh dee la toor ayfayl ?)
The Arc de Triomphe
l'Arc de Triomphe
(the Arch of Triumph)
(lark deuh treeyo(n)f)
9
L'Arc de Triomphe is another emblematic monument in Paris. Napoleon I was the one who
ordered its construction to celebrate the victories of the French army. It then hosted the grave of
Napoleon I before he was moved to the Invalides. Since 1921, the Unknown Soldier (le Soldat
Inconnu) is housed there and a flame in his memory is lit every day at 6:30 pm.
10
How about the Arc de Triomphe?
11
Ça te dit l'Arc de Triomphe ?
(sa teuh dee lark deuh treeyo(n)f ?)
I feel like
j'ai bien envie de
(I kind of feel like)
(jay beea(n) e(n)vee deuh)
J'ai bien envie de visiter le musée du
Louvre.
12
I feel like visiting the Louvre museum.
13
Who hasn't heard of the Louvre? Constructed in 1200 AD by King Philippe Auguste, it used to be
the royal residence until Louis XIV settled at the Palace of Versailles in 1682. It was during the
French Revolution that it was decided the Louvre should be a museum, and it opened its doors to
the public as such in 1793.
14
a castle
15
(jay beea(n) e(n)vee deuh veezeeteh leuh
muzeh du loovr.)
un château
(u(n) shato)
I'd rather go and see Versailles Palace!
Je préférerais aller voir le Château de
Versailles !
(I would prefer go see the Castle of Versailles!)
(jeuh prehfayray aleh vwar leuh shatod
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
140
vehrsai !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
141
English
French
16
Versailles Palace, known as le Château de Versailles, situated just on the outskirts of Paris, is
famous for its splendid castle and gardens. A symbol of absolute monarchy, the castle housed
the royal court from 1682 until 1789, when Louis XVI and Marie-Antoinette were forced to move to
Paris because of the French Revolution that would ultimately end the monarchist regime.
17
to enjoy
18
profiter
(profeeteh)
Very good idea! The weather is nice, we will be
able to enjoy the gardens.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
142
Très bonne idée ! Il fait beau, on pourra
profiter des jardins.
(tray bun eedeh ! eel fay bo, o(n) poora
profeeteh day jardu(n).)
Oh yes, definitely! And then we could go to a less
touristy place.
Ah oui, absolument ! Et après on pourrait faire un
endroit moins touristique.
English
French
Ah oui, absolument ! Et après on
pourrait faire un endroit moins
touristique.
1
Oh yes, definitely! And then we could go to a
less touristy place.
2
Note that in spoken French we use the verb faire as a synonym of many verbs. For example,
here "we do places" instead of "we go to places."
3
definitely
4
a place
5
less
6
touristy
7
a less touristy place
8
the countryside
9
a less touristy place
10
Oh yes, definitely! We could go to the
countryside.
11
the Castles of the Loire valley
12
If you want to visit some historical sites and enjoy the countryside at the same time, then the
Castles in the Loire valley are for you! Built between the 10th and the 16th centuries, these
castles are scattered in a beautiful region that the Loire river passes through (you can rent a boat
and wander on the river as well). The kings of France chose this site to construct their huge
castles: a strategic place as it is not too far away from Paris but removed enough to enjoy a
countryside life.
(a wee, absoluma(n) ! eh apray o(n)
pooray fayr un a(n)drwa mwu(n)
tooreesteek.)
absolument
(absoluma(n))
un endroit
(un a(n)drwa)
moins
(mwa(n))
touristique
(tooreesteek)
un endroit moins touristique
(un a(n)drwa mwu(n) tooreesteek)
la campagne
(la ka(n)panye)
un endroit moins touristique
(un a(n)drwa mwu(n) tooreesteek)
Ah oui, absolument ! On pourrait aller à
la campagne.
(a wee, absoluma(n) ! o(n) pooray aleh a
la ka(n)panye.)
les Châteaux de la Loire
(lay shato deuh la lwar)
13
Good idea ! We could go to the Castles of the
Loire valley.
14
the Mont Saint-Michel
Bonne idée ! On pourrait aller voir les
Châteaux de la Loire.
(bun eedeh ! o(n) pooray aleh vwar lay
shato deuh la lwar.)
le Mont Saint-Michel
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
143
14
the Mont Saint-Michel
(leuh mo(n) su(n) meeshayl)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
144
English
French
que
15
than
16
Yes, it's less touristy than the Mont-SaintMichel!
17
Yes, the Mont-Saint-Michel is very touristy, but is it worth a visit? Absolutely! Situated on a rocky
island in Normandy, it is famous for its exquisite abbey and monastery. It is also located in an
area with quick rising tides. At low tide, the water recedes and one can walk across the sand to
the island. The region is also famous for its well-flavored meat that results from the iodinecharged diet of the sheep. We call it pré-salé (literally, "salty pasture"), a tasty salty meat!
18
And it's a gorgeous place!
19
I know (am familiar with)
20
21
(keuh)
Oui, c'est moins touristique que le
Mont-Saint-Michel !
(wee, say mwu(n) tooreesteek keuh leuh
mo(n) su(n) meeshayl !)
Et c'est un endroit magnifique !
(eh sayt u(n) a(n)drwa manyeefeek !)
je connais
(jeuh konay)
pretty good
pas mal du tout
(not bad at all)
(pa mal du too)
Ok, I know some pretty good places!
D'accord, je connais quelques endroits
pas mal du tout !
(Ok, I know some places not bad at all!)
(dakor, jeuh konay kaylkeuh za(n)drwa
pa mal du too !)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
145
What about going to see Monet's house?
Et si on allait voir la maison de Monet ?
English
French
What about going to see Monet's house?
Et si on allait voir la maison de Monet ?
1
(And if we were going to see the house of
Monet?)
(eh see o(n) alay vwar la mayzo(n) deuh
moneh ?)
2
what about
3
Just as in English, we have different ways to offer to do something in French. There is the typical,
"how about" or "do you feel like" (ça te dit de) but we also have, "what about" (et si) which
literally means "and if."
4
we were going
5
Let us introduce you to a new tense: the imperfect tense. In French, when using if-clauses, the
verb that follows is conjugated in the imperfect tense. Here are the endings: -ais / -ais / -ait / ions / -iez / -aient. Don't worry; we'll practice each of them as they arise. Let's try them next!
6
the house of
7
Let's see: you have been briefed on the endings of the Imperfect, and in this tense, aller is
regular (for once!). So, for the tu form, all you have to do is take out -er and add the ending ais. Let's try it first and then start using it!
8
you were going
et si
(eh see)
on allait
(on alay)
la maison de
(la mayzo(n) deuh)
tu allais
(tu alay)
What about you going to see Monet's house?
Et si tu allais voir la maison de Monet ?
9
(And if you were going to see the house of
Monet?)
(eh see tu alay vwar la mayzo(n) deuh
moneh ?)
10
together
11
we were going
12
the painter
13
ensemble
(a(n)sa(n)bl)
nous allions
(noo zalyo(n))
le peintre
(leuh pu(n)tr)
What about going to see the painter Monet's
house together?
Et si nous allions voir la maison du
peintre Monet ensemble ?
(And if we were going to see the house of the
painter Monet together?)
(eh see noo zalyo(n) vwar la mayzo(n) du
pu(n)tr moneh a(n)sa(n)bl ?)
14
Claude Monet was the founder of the French impressionist movement at the end of the 19th
century. He is one of the most famous painters from this period and much of his work is
displayed at the Musée D'Orsay. In his forties, he moved to a house in Giverny with his family,
and as he became prosperous was able to buy it as well as the land surrounding it. He built a
studio and a greenhouse where he could paint his own gardens. It is now open to the public, so
don't miss the opportunity.
15
the writer
l'écrivain
(lehkreevu(n))
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
146
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
147
English
French
Tu connais Victor Hugo, l'écrivain ?
16
You know Victor Hugo, the writer?
17
famous
18
Of course! He is very famous!
19
What about going to visit his house?
20
Victor Hugo, author of Les Misérables and The Hunchback of Notre Dame, is one of the most
famous French writers. Poet, essayist, novelist, statesman, and human rights activist, he was a
leading figure in the 19th century literature movement. His house is located on the beautiful
Place des Vosges in le Marais and is definitely worth a visit!
(tu konay veektor ugo, lehkreevu(n) ?)
célèbre
(sehlaybr)
Bien sûr ! Il est très célèbre !
(beea(n) sur ! eel ay tray sehlaybr !)
Et si on allait visiter sa maison ?
(eh see on alay veezeeteh sa mayzo(n) ?)
Oui, pourquoi pas. Mais c'est un peu
loin.
21
Yes, why not. But it's a little far away.
22
a singer
23
And where is the house of the singer Edith
Piaf?
24
Chances are that you have heard of Edith Piaf and her unforgettable song La Vie en rose! From
her chaotic childhood, partly spent in a brothel ran by her grandmother, to her affair with a
famous married boxer, Edith Piaf's life has been as fascinating as her singing career. While the
style of music that she sings is no longer popular among new generations, she remains a popular
icon to this day.
25
The house is in Belleville I think.
26
Belleville is a lively working-class neighborhood of Paris famous for its artists and for its very
diverse population, due to many waves of immigration, first from Poland and Greece in the 1920s,
then North Africa, and more recently Africa and Asia. It is the home of one of Paris's Chinatowns,
and also boasts a cheap and cosmopolitan street market on Tuesdays and Fridays.
(wee, poorkwa pa. may sayt u(n) peuh
lwu(n).)
un chanteur / une chanteuse
(u(n) sha(n)teur / une sha(n)teuhz)
Et où est la maison de la chanteuse
Edith Piaf ?
(eh oo ay la mayzo(n) deuh la shanteuhz
ehdeet pyaf ?)
La maison est à Belleville je crois.
(la mayzo(n) ay ta baylveel jeuh krwa.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
148
Vocabulary Review
English
French
allons
(we) go (imperative)
(alo(n))
une émission (de télé)
A (TV) show
(une ehmeesyo(n) (deuh tehleh))
américaine
American (female)
(amehreekayn)
Bon appétit !
Bon appetit!
(bo(n) napehtee !)
entre !
Come in!
(e(n)tr !)
Mangez !
Eat!
(ma(n)jeh !)
Oubliez !
Forget!
(oobleeyeh !)
Oublie !
Forget!
(ooblee !)
Servez-vous !
Help yourself! (imperative)
(sayrveh voo)
j'alterne
I alternate
(jaltayrn)
I ate
j'ai mangé
(I have eaten)
(jay ma(n)jeh)
je crois
I believe
(jeuh krwa)
I found
j'ai trouvé
(I have found)
(jay trooveh)
je vais
I go / I am going to
(jeuh vay)
je sors
I go out / I'm going out
(jeuh sohr)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
149
English
French
je dois
I have to / I must
(jeuh dwah)
j'aime bien
I like
(jaym beea(n))
J'adore
I love
(jador)
Je t'aime
I love you
(jeuh taym)
Tu me manques.
I miss you.
(tu meuh ma(n)k.)
j'offre
I offer
(jofr)
je t'offre
I offer you
(jeuh tofr)
je préfère
I prefer
(jeuh prehfayr)
I promise
promis
(promise)
(promee)
je devrais
I should
(jeuh deuhvray)
je pense
I think
(jeuh pe(n)s)
je veux
I want
(jeuh veuh)
j'aurai
I will have
(joray)
j'aimerais
I would like
(jaymray)
j'adorerais
I would love
(jadohrray)
I'm sorry
je regrette
(I regret)
(jeuh reuhgrayt)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
150
English
French
Let's go out!
Sortons !
((we) go out! (imperative))
(sohrto(n))
The Arc de Triomphe
l'Arc de Triomphe
(the Arch of Triumph)
(lark deuh treeyo(n)f)
Nous sortons.
We go out.
(noo sohrto(n))
What's the weather like?
Quel temps fait-il ?
(What weather makes it?)
(kayl te(n) fay teel ?)
Pourquoi pas ?
Why not?
(poorkwa pa ?)
Will you take another serving?
Je vous ressers ?
(I serve you again?)
(jeuh voo reuhsayr ?)
une copine
a (female) friend
(une kopeen)
un copain
a (male) friend
(u(n) kopu(n))
un CD
a CD
(u(n) sehdeh)
un DVD
a DVD
(u(n) dehvehdeh)
une série télé
a TV series
(une sehree tehleh)
un lardon
a bacon cube
(u(n) lardo(n))
un sac
a bag
(u(n) sahk)
a basement
un sous-sol
(an under-ground)
(u(n) soosol)
un maillot de bain
a bathing suit
(u(n) mayo deuh bu(n))
une facture
a bill
(une faktur)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
151
English
French
un chou
a cabbage
(u(n) shoo)
a can
une boîte de conserve
(a box of can)
(une bwat deuh ko(n)sayrv)
a carton
une brique
(a brick )
(une breek)
un château
a castle
(u(n) shato)
un enfant
a child
(un a(n)fa(n))
une église
a church
(une ehgleez)
un nuage
a cloud
(u(n) nuahj)
un manteau
a coat
(u(n) ma(n)toh)
un bureau de change
a currency exchange office
(u(n) byuro deuh cha(n)j)
un rendez-vous
a date
(u(n) re(n)dehvoo)
un degré
a degree
(u(n) deuhgreh)
un degré Celsius
a degree Celsius
(u(n) deuhgreh saylsyus)
un médecin
a doctor
(u(n) mehdsu(n))
un chien
a dog
(u(n) shyu(n))
a drink
un verre
(a glass)
(u(n) vayr)
un saucisson
a dry sausage
(u(n) soseeso(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
152
English
French
un fan
a fan
(u(n) fan)
un poisson
a fish
(u(n) pwaso(n))
une puce
a flea
(un(e) puce)
un ami / une amie
a friend
(un ahmee / une ahmee)
un fruit
a fruit
(u(n) frwee)
un gramme
a gram
(u(n) gram)
un plat à gratin
a gratin dish
(u(n) pla a grahtu(n))
un cœ ur
a heart
(u(n) keuhr)
une poule
a hen
(une pool)
une randonnée
a hike
(une ra(n)doneh)
un site historique
a historical site
(u(n) seet eestoreek)
un cheval
a horse
(u(n) sheuhval)
un pot
a jar
(u(n) po)
un travail
a job / work
(u(n) travai)
un kilo
a kilo
(u(n) keelo)
une couche
a layer
(une koosh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
153
English
French
une lettre
a letter
(une laytr)
un peu
a little
(u(n) peuh)
a mailbox
une boîte aux lettres
(a box to the letters)
(une bwatolaytr)
un centre commercial
a mall
(u(n) sa(n)tr komersyal)
un champignon
a mushroom
(u(n) sha(n)peenyo(n))
a music store
un magasin de musique
(a store of music)
(u(n) magazuh(n) deuh muzeek)
une salade niçoise
a nicoise salad
(une salad neeswaz)
a nightclub
une boîte de nuit
(a night box)
(une bwat deuh nwee)
un paquet
a pack
(u(n) pakeh)
un paquet de pâtes
a pack of pasta
(u(n) pakeh deuh paht)
un colis
a package
(u(n) kolee)
une peinture
a painting
(une pu(n)tuhr)
une cacahuète
a peanut
(une kahkahwayt)
une photo
a photo
(une foto)
un cochon
a pig
(u(n) kosho(n))
un endroit
a place
(un a(n)drwa)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
154
English
French
un portrait
a portrait
(u(n) pohrtray)
une pomme de terre
a potato
(une pum deuh tayr)
une quiche lorraine
a quiche lorraine
(une keesh lorayn)
un lapin
a rabbit
(u(n) lapu(n))
une recette
a recipe
(une reuhsayt)
un journaliste
a reporter
(u(n) joornaleest)
une corde
a rope
(une kohrd)
un chanteur / une chanteuse
a singer
(u(n) sha(n)teur / une sha(n)teuhz)
une araignée
a spider
(une araynyeh)
un timbre
a stamp
(u(n) ti(n)br)
une tartiflette
a tartiflette
(une tarteeflayt)
un professeur
a teacher
(u(n) profehseuhr)
un truc
a thing / stuff
(u(n) truk)
un orage
a thunderstorm
(u(n) noraj)
une fois
a time
(une fwa)
un chèque de voyage
a traveler's check
(u(n) shayk deuh vwayaj)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
155
English
French
un tube
a tube
(u(n) tube)
un légume
a vegetable
(u(n) lehgume)
un jeu vidéo
a video game
(u(n) jeuh veedeyo)
une balade
a walk
(un(e) balahd)
surtout
above all
(surtoo)
ajoutez
add (imperative)
(ahjooteh)
allergique à
allergic to
(alehrjeek a)
seul(e)
alone
(seuhl)
un distributeur
an ATM
(u(n) deestreebuteur)
un compte
an account
(u(n) ko(n)t)
un ange
an angel
(un a(n)j)
un apéro
an aperitif
(un apehro)
un œ uf
an egg
(uh neuf)
une enveloppe
an envelope
(une a(n)vlup)
une soirée
an evening
(une swareh)
une idée
an idea
(une eedeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
156
English
French
une impression
an impression
(une u(n)prehsyo(n))
un ingrédient
an ingredient
(uh nu(n)grehdya(n))
un institut
an institute
(un u(n)steetu)
un vêtement
an item of clothing
(u(n) vaytme(n))
un oignon
an onion
(uh nonyo(n))
une autre fois
another time
(une otr fwa)
chez
at
(sheh)
chez moi
at my place
(sheh mwa)
au coin
at the corner
(o kwu(n))
mauvais
bad
(movay)
belle
beautiful
(bayl)
parce que
because
(parse keuh)
avant
before
(ava(n))
déjà
before / already
(dehja)
derrière
behind
(dehreeayr)
entre
between
(e(n)tr)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
157
English
French
grand
big
(gra(n))
amène
bring (imperative)
(amayn)
occupé(e)
busy
(okupeh)
beurrez
butter (imperative)
(beuhreh)
en bus
by bus
(ah(n) bus)
en voiture
by car / driving
(ah(n) vwatur)
by horse
à cheval
(on horse)
(ashval)
en avion
by plane
(ahn avyo(n))
en train
by train
(ah(n) tru(n))
attention
careful
(ata(n)syo(n))
des céréales
cereal
(day sehrehyal)
fermé(e)
closed
(fayrmeh)
froid
cold
(frwa)
la crème fraîche
creme fraiche
(la craym fraysh)
coupé
cut (adjective)
(koopeh)
coupez
cut (imperative)
(koopeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
158
English
French
mignonne
cute
(meenyun)
mignon
cute
(meenyo(n))
cycling
à vélo
(on cycle)
(a vehlo)
chéri
dear
(chehree)
absolument
definitely
(absoluma(n))
délicieux / délicieuse
delicious
(dehleesyeuh / dehleesyeuz)
ça te dit de
do you feel like
(sa teuh dee deuh)
en bas
downstairs
(ah(n) ba)
pendant
during
(pa(n)da(n))
facile
easy
(faseel)
everybody
tout le monde
(all the world)
(too leuh mo(n)d)
tout
everything
(too)
exhausted
crevé(e)
(punctured)
(kreuhveh)
célèbre
famous
(sehlaybr)
gros
fat
(gro)
final(e)
final
(feenal)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
159
English
French
enfin
finally
(a(n)fu(n))
les inondations
flooding
(lay zeeno(n)dasyo(n))
for sure
c'est sûr
(that is sure)
(say sur)
de temps en temps
from time to time
(deuh te(n) ze(n) te(n))
marrant
funny
(mara(n))
donnez
give
(doneh)
donnez-moi
give me
(doneh-mwa)
volontiers
gladly
(volo(n)tyeh)
allez
go (imperative)
(aleh)
va
go (imperative)
(va)
aller au cinéma
go to the movies
(aleh o seenehma)
gorgeous / beautiful
magnifique
(magnificent)
(manyifeek)
verte
green
(vayrt)
handsome
beau
(beautiful)
(bo)
content
happy
(ko(n)ta(n))
dur(e)
hard
(dur)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
160
English
French
avoir vu
have seen
(avwar vu)
have you seen
t'as vu
(you've seen)
(ta vu)
t'avoir vu
having seen you
(tavwar vu)
he found
il a trouvé
(he has found)
(eel a trooveh)
il va
he goes / he is going to
(eel va)
il a
he has
(eela)
il vit
he lives
(eel vee)
he lost
il a perdu
(he has lost)
(eel a pehrdu)
il dit
he tells / says
(eel dee)
il veut
he wants
(eel veuh)
c'est
he's
(say)
ici
here
(eesee)
le
him
(leuh)
hip
branché / branchée
(plugged in)
(bra(n)sheh / bra(n)sheh)
son / sa / ses
his
(so(n) / sa / say)
le sien
his / hers
(leuh syu(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
161
English
French
des chevaux
horses
(day sheuhvo)
chaud
hot
(sho)
comme
how
(kum)
ça te dit
how about
(sa teuh dee)
faim
hunger
(fa(n))
à Marseille
in Marseilles
(a marsaye)
devant
in front of
(deuhva(n))
amoureux / amoureuse
in love
(ahmooreuh / ahmooreuhz)
en particulier
in particular
(e(n) parteekulyeh)
dedans
inside
(deuhda(n))
it looks
ça a l'air
(it has the air)
(sa a layr)
il fait
it makes
(eel fay)
il ouvre
it opens
(eel oovr)
il pleut
it rains
(eel pleuh)
ça sent
it smells
(sa sa(n))
il est
it's
(eel ay)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
162
English
French
la confiture
jam
(la ko(n)feetur)
just a little bit
un tout petit peu
(a whole little bit)
(u(n) too ptee peuh)
rien que ça
just that / only that
(ryu(n) keuh sa)
gentil
kind
(jah(n)tee)
kind of / quite
bien
(well)
(beea(n))
moins
less
(mwa(n))
amour
love (masculine)
(ahmoor)
de la chance
luck
(deuh la cha(n)s)
le maquillage
makeup
(leuh makeeyaj)
marié(e)
married
(mahryeh)
méchant
mean
(mehcha(n))
meet
nous rencontrer
(us meet )
(noo re(n)ko(n)treh)
le mien
mine
(leuh myu(n))
encore
more
(a(n)kor)
my darling
mon chouchou
(my cabbage-cabbage)
(mo(n) shooshoo)
my darling
ma chouchoute
(my cabbage-cabbage )
(ma shooshoot)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
163
English
French
nouveau / nouvelle
new
(noovo / noovayl)
prochaine
next
(prochayn)
à côté de
next to
(a koteh deuh)
sympa
nice
(su(n)pa)
nice
pas mal
(not bad)
(pa mal)
nice
beau
(beautiful)
(bo)
no worries
ça va
(it goes)
(sa va)
pas trop souvent
not very often
(pa tro soove(n))
maintenant
now
(ma(n)tuhna(n))
souvent
often
(soovah(n))
vieux / vieille
old
(vyeuh / vyaye)
au
on
(o)
on Sundays
le dimanche
(the Sunday)
(leuh deema(n)ch)
ouvert(e)
open
(oovayr, oovayrt)
orange juice
le jus d'orange
(the juice of orange)
(leu ju dora(n)j)
par là
over there
(par la)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
164
English
French
passe
pass
(pas)
ouf !
phew!
(oof !)
rose
pink
(rose)
playing petanque
jouer à la pétanque
(to play at the petanque)
(jooeh ala pehta(n)k)
s'il te plaît
please
(seel teuh play)
plein de
plenty of
(plu(n) deuh)
le porc
pork
(leuh pohr)
possible
possible
(poseebl)
préchauffé
preheated
(prehshofeh)
joli
pretty
(jolee)
pretty good
pas mal du tout
(not bad at all)
(pa mal du too)
tranquille
quiet
(tra(n)keel)
prêt(e)
ready
(pray / prayt)
prêt / prête
ready
(preh / prayt)
vachement
really
(vashma(n))
vraiment
really
(vrayma(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
165
English
French
triste
sad
(treest)
des soldes
sales
(day sold)
voir
see
(vwar)
te revoir
see you again
(teuh reuhvwar)
seven (7) days a week
sept (7) jours sur sept (7)
(seven (7) days on seven (7))
(set joor sur set)
shampoing
shampoo (masculine)
(shampwu(n))
elle doit
she has to / she must
(ayl dwa)
elle adore
she loves
(ayl adohr)
les crustacés
shellfish
(lay krustaseh)
célibataire
single
(sehleebatayr)
maigre
skinny
(maygr)
sommeil
sleep
(somay)
mince
slim
(mu(n)ce)
petit
small / little
(peuhtee)
intelligent
smart
(u(n)tehleeja(n))
tellement
so
(taylma(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
166
English
French
quelque
some
(kaylkeu)
quelqu'un
someone
(kaylku(n))
quelque chose
something
(kaylkeu shoze)
désolé(e)
sorry
(dehzoleh)
sévère
stern
(sehvayr)
fort
strong
(for)
super
super
(supayr)
sûr
sure
(sur)
pris
taken
(pree)
grand
tall
(gra(n))
que
than
(keuh)
que
that
(keuh)
ce que
that / which
(seuh keuh)
le BHV
the BHV
(leuh beh ash veh)
les Châteaux de la Loire
the Castles of the Loire valley
(lay shato deuh la lwar)
l'est
the East
(layst)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
167
English
French
la tour Eiffel
the Eiffel Tower
(la toor ayfayl)
le Marais
the Marais
(leuh maray)
le Monoprix
the Monoprix
(leuh monopree)
le Mont Saint-Michel
the Mont Saint-Michel
(leuh mo(n) su(n) meeshayl)
le nord
the North
(leuh nor)
le sud
the South
(leuh sud)
la télé
the TV
(la tehleh)
l'ouest
the West
(lwayst)
la tante
the aunt
(la ta(n)t)
la boulangerie
the bakery
(la boola(n)jree)
la banque
the bank
(la ba(n)k)
la salle de bain
the bathroom
(la sal deuh bu(n))
la plage
the beach
(la plaj)
le parasol
the beach umbrella
(leuh parasohl)
le lit
the bed
(leuh lee)
la chambre
the bedroom
(la sha(n)br)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
168
English
French
la librairie
the bookstore
(la leebrayree)
la voiture
the car
(la vwatur)
la chaise
the chair
(la shayz)
la ville
the city
(la veel)
la montée
the climb
(la mo(n)teh)
la campagne
the countryside
(la ka(n)panye)
le service clientèle
the customer service
(leuh sehrvees kleeye(n)tayl)
la porte
the door
(la port)
l'entrée
the entrance
(la(n)treh)
le taux de change
the exchange rate
(leuh tohd sha(n)j)
l'automne
the fall
(lotun)
le père
the father
(leuh payr)
the first floor
le rez-de-chaussée
(the ground floor)
(leuh rehdeuhshoseh)
la farine
the flour
(la fahreen)
la forêt
the forest
(la foray)
le jardin
the garden
(leuh jardu(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
169
English
French
le grand-père
the grandfather
(leuh gra(n)payr)
la grand-mère
the grandmother
(la gra(n)mayr)
l'épicerie
the grocery store
(lehpeesree)
la canicule
the heatwave
(la kaneekul)
la maison
the house
(la mayzo(n))
la cuisine
the kitchen
(la kweezeen)
le lac
the lake
(leuh lak)
la lampe
the lamp
(la la(n)p)
le salon
the living room
(leuh salo(n))
le marché
the market
(leuh marcheh)
le lait
the milk
(leuh lay)
la supérette
the mini-mart
(la supayrayt)
la montagne
the mountain
(la mo(n)tanye)
le quartier
the neighborhood
(leuh kartyeh)
le JT
the news
(leuh jee teh)
the newsstand
le bureau de tabac
(the office of tobacco)
(leuh buro deuh taba)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
170
English
French
le bureau
the office
(leuh buro)
le four
the oven
(leuh foor)
le peintre
the painter
(leuh pu(n)tr)
le plaisir
the pleasure
(leuh playzeer)
la poste
the post office
(la post)
le reblochon
the reblochon cheese
(leuh reuhblohsho(n))
le loyer
the rent
(leuh lwayeh)
le riz
the rice
(leuh ree)
la route
the road
(la root)
la mer
the sea
(la mayr)
the second floor
le premier étage
(the first floor)
(leuh preuhmyehr ehtaj)
le foot
the soccer
(leuh foot)
le canapé
the sofa
(leuh kanapeh)
le printemps
the spring
(leuh pru(n)ta(n))
les escaliers
the stairs
(lay zeskalyeh)
l'été
the summer
(lehteh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
171
English
French
le soleil
the sun
(leuh solay)
the sunscreen
la crème solaire
(the solar cream)
(la kraym solayr)
le supermarché
the supermarket
(leuh supayrmarcheh)
la table
the table
(la tabl)
la table
the table
(la tabl)
la touche
the touch
(la toosh)
la serviette
the towel
(la sayrvyayt)
l'oncle
the uncle
(lo(n)kl)
le village
the village
(leuh veelaj)
le mur
the wall
(leuh mur)
le temps
the weather
(leuh ta(n))
la météo
the weather report
(la mehteyo)
le vent
the wind
(leuh va(n))
the wine cellar
la cave
(the cave)
(la kav)
l'hiver
the winter
(leevehr)
l'écrivain
the writer
(lehkreevu(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
172
English
French
leur
their
(leur)
y
there
(ee)
là
there
(la)
là-bas
there (pointing word)
(laba)
ils vont
they go / they are going to
(eel vo(n))
ils vivent
they live
(eel veev)
thinly sliced
en fines lamelles
(in thin slices)
(e(n) feen lamayl)
soif
thirst
(swaf)
ça
this / that
(sa)
fatigué(e)
tired
(fateegeh)
à
to
(ah)
en boîte
to a nightclub
(ah(n) bwat)
ajouter
to add
(ahjooteh)
alterner
to alternate
(altayrneh)
se demander
to ask oneself
(seuh deuhma(n)deh)
croire
to believe
(krwar)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
173
English
French
bouillir
to boil
(booyeer)
amener
to bring
(amneh)
amener
to bring
(amneh)
dorer
to brown
(doreh)
beurrer
to butter
(beuhreh)
acheter
to buy
(ashteh)
faire les courses
to buy groceries
(fayr lay koors)
s'acheter quelque chose
to buy oneself something
(sashteh kaylkeu shoze)
fermer
to close
(fayrmeh)
venir
to come
(veuneer)
entrer
to come in
(e(n)treh)
cuisiner
to cook
(kweezeeneh)
to cook
préparer
(to prepare)
(prehpareh)
gratiner
to cook au gratin
(grahteeneh)
couper
to cut
(koopeh)
dater de
to date from
(dateh deuh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
174
English
French
déposer
to deposit
(dehpozeh)
to do some shopping / to go shopping
faire les magasins
(to do the shops)
(fayr lay magazuh(n))
profiter
to enjoy
(profeeteh)
changer
to exchange
(sha(n)jeh)
avoir envie de
to feel like
(avwar ah(n)vee deuh)
trouver
to find
(trooveh)
oublier
to forget
(oobleeyeh)
frire
to fry
(freer)
donner
to give
(doneh)
to go cycling
faire du vélo
(to do some bike)
(fayr du vehlo)
to go for a hike
faire une randonnée
(to do a hike)
(fayr une ra(n)doneh)
faire une balade
to go for a stroll
(fayr une balahd)
se promener
to go for a walk
(seuh prohmneh)
sortir
to go out
(sorteer)
faire des courses
to go shopping
(fayr day koors)
aller à
to go to
(aleh a)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
175
English
French
devoir
to have to / to must
(deuhvwar)
se servir
to help oneself
(seuh sayrveer)
se faire plaisir
to indulge oneself
(seuh fayr playzeer)
sauter
to jump
(soteh)
to kiss
s'embrasser
(to kiss each other)
(se(n)braseh)
to kiss me
m'embrasser
(me kiss)
(me(n)braseh)
connaître
to know
(konaytr)
savoir
to know
(savwar)
partir
to leave
(parteer)
vivre
to live
(veevr)
to look
avoir l'air
(to have the air )
(avwar layr)
to look / to seem
avoir l'air
(to have the air)
(avwar layr)
chercher
to look for
(shehrsheh)
adorer
to love / to adore
(adoreh)
poster quelque chose
to mail something
(posteh kaylkeuh shoz)
to meet
se rencontrer
(to meet each other)
(seuh re(n)ko(n)treh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
176
English
French
rater
to miss
(rateh)
manquer
to miss
(ma(n)keh)
mélanger
to mix
(mehla(n)jeh)
to need
avoir besoin de
(to have need of)
(avwar beuhzwu(n) deuh)
offrir
to offer
(ofreer)
ouvrir
to open
(oovreer)
passer
to pass
(paseh)
préférer
to prefer
(prehfehreh)
pleuvoir
to rain
(pleuhvwar)
courir
to run
(kooreer)
faire quelques courses
to run some errands
(fayr kaylkeuh koors)
voir
to see
(vwar)
se revoir
to see each other again
(seuh reuhvwar)
envoyer
to send
(a(n)vwayeh)
montrer
to show
(mo(n)treh)
s'asseoir
to sit down
(saswar)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
177
English
French
sentir
to smell
(sa(n)teer)
neiger
to snow
(nehjeh)
passer
to spend
(paseh)
nager
to swim
(najeh)
nager
to swim
(najeh)
se baigner
to swim / to bathe
(seuh baynyeh)
prendre
to take
(pre(n)dr)
to take another serving
se resservir
(to serve oneself again)
(seuh reuhsehrveer)
bronzer
to tan
(bro(n)zeh)
dire
to tell / to say
(deer)
à gauche de
to the left of
(a gohsh deuh)
à droite de
to the right of
(a drwat deuh)
penser
to think
(pe(n)seh)
visiter
to visit
(visiteh)
regarder
to watch
(reuhgardeh)
to withdraw money
retirer de l'argent
(to pull some money out)
(reuhteereh deuh larja(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
178
English
French
travailler
to work
(travahyeh)
aujourd'hui
today
(ojoordwee)
ensemble
together
(a(n)sa(n)bl)
demain
tomorrow
(deuhmu(n))
aussi
too
(ohsee)
trop
too
(tro)
le dentifrice
toothpaste
(leuh da(n)teefreece)
touristique
touristy
(tooreesteek)
traditionnel / traditionnelle
traditional
(tradeesyonayl / tradeesyonayle)
thon
tuna fish
(to(n))
vingt-quatre (24) heures sur vingt-quatre
(24)
twenty-four (24) hours a day
(twenty-four (24) hours on twenty-four (24))
(vu(n)tkatreur sur vu(n)tkatr)
moche
ugly
(mohsh)
incroyable
unbelievable
(u(n)krwayabl)
sous
under
(soo)
jusqu'à
until
(juska)
en haut
upstairs
(ah(n) o)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
179
English
French
végétarien / végétarienne
vegetarian
(vehjehtaryu(n) / vehjehtaryayn)
walking
à pied
(on foot)
(a pyeh)
nous pouvons
we can
(noo poovo(n))
on pourrait
we could
(o(n) pooray)
nous avons
we have
(noo zavo(n))
nous devons
we have to / we must
(noo deuhvo(n))
on devrait
we should
(o(n) deuhvray)
on prend
we take
(o(n) pra(n))
on allait
we were going
(on alay)
on sera
we will be
(o(n) seuhra)
on aura
we will have
(on ora)
faible
weak
(faybl)
bein
well
(bu(n))
quoi
what
(kwa)
et si
what about
(eh see)
quand
when
(ka(n))
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
180
English
French
où
where
(oo)
qui
who
(kee)
le boulot
work
(leuh boolo)
ouah
wow
(wah)
ouais
yeah
(way)
jaune
yellow
(jone)
vous donnez
you give
(voo doneh)
tu vas
you go / you are going to
(tu va)
tu sors
you go out / you're going out
(tu sor)
tu dois
you have to / you must
(tu dwa)
vous devez
you have to / you must
(voo deuhveh)
tu sais
you know
(tu say)
tu connais
you know
(tu konay)
tu prends
you take
(tu pra(n))
tu veux
you want
(tu veuh)
tu auras
you will have
(tu ora)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
181
English
French
tu verras
you will see
(tu vehra)
tu voudrais
you would like
(tu voodray)
le tien
yours
(leuh tyu(n))
beurk
yuck
(beurk)
miam-miam
yummy
(myam myam)
zéro (0)
zero (0)
(zehro)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
182
Phrase Review
English
French
C'est qui sur cette photo ?
Who is this a picture of?
(say kee sur sayt foto ?)
C'est ma famille !
This is my family!
(say ma fameey !)
Ça, c'est mon grand-père.
That is my grandfather.
(sa, say mo(n) gra(n)payr.)
T'as vu comme il a l'air sévère !
See how stern he looks!
(ta vu kom eel a layr sehvayr !)
Ouais, mais je suis sûre qu'il est gentil.
Yeah, but I'm sure he's nice.
(way, may jeuh swee sur keel ay jah(n)tee.)
Où vivent tes grand-parents ?
Where do your grandparents live?
(oo veev tay gra(n)pare(n) ?)
Ils vivent dans le sud, près de Toulouse.
They live in the South, near Toulouse.
(eel veev da(n) leuh sud, pray deuh toolooz.)
Et ça ? C'est leur chien ?
And this? Is it their dog?
(eh sa ? say leur shyu(n) ?)
Non, c'est le mien ! Il s'appelle Médor.
No, it's mine! His name is Médor.
(no(n), say leuh myu(n) ! eel sapayl
mehdohr.)
Il est super mignon !
He's very cute!
(eel ay supayr meenyo(n) !)
What is this a photo of?
C'est quoi sur cette photo ?
(This is what on this photo?)
(say kwa sur sayt foto ?)
Where was this picture taken?
C'est où cette photo ?
(This is where this photo?)
(say oo sayt foto ?)
Who is this a portrait of ?
C'est qui sur ce portrait ?
(This is who on this portrait ?)
(say kee sur seuh pohrtray ?)
When was this painting done?
Cette peinture date de quand ?
(This painting dates from when?)
(sayt pu(n)tuhr dat deuh kan ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
183
English
French
Ça, c'est mon père.
That is my father.
(sa say mo(n) payr.)
Ça, c'est ma grand-mère.
That is my grandmother.
(sa say ma gra(n)mayr.)
Ça, c'est ma mère.
That is my mother.
(sa say ma mayr.)
Voilà ma tante.
Here is my aunt.
(vwala ma ta(n)t.)
Voilà mon oncle.
Here is my uncle.
(vwala mon o(n)kl.)
Ça, c'est ma sœ ur.
That is my sister.
(sa, say ma seuhr.)
Et voilà mon frère.
And here is my brother.
(eh vwala mo(n) frayr.)
See how stern he looks.
T'as vu comme il a l'air sévère.
(You've seen how stern he looks.)
(ta vu kom eela layr sehvayr.)
he looks
il a l'air
(he has the air)
(eela layr)
He looks stern.
Il a l'air sévère.
(He has the stern air.)
(eela layr sehvayr.)
Il a l'air gentil.
He looks kind.
(eela layr jah(n)tee.)
Oui, et elle est gentille aussi !
Yes, and she is kind too!
(wee, eh aylay jah(n)teey osee !)
Il a l'air méchant !
He looks mean!
(eela layr mehcha(n) !)
T'as vu comme il a l'air sympa !
See how nice he looks!
(ta vu kom eela layr su(n)pa !)
Il est marrant.
He is funny.
(eelay mara(n).)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
184
English
French
Sophie ? Elle est vachement marrante !
Sophie? She is really funny!
(sofee ? aylay vashma(n) mara(n)t !)
Il a l'air content.
He looks happy.
(eela layr konta(n).)
Elle a l'air contente.
She looks happy.
(ayla layr ko(n)ta(n)t.)
T'as vu comme il a l'air triste !
See how sad he looks!
(ta vu kom eela layr treest !)
Elle est vachement intelligente !
She is really smart!
(aylay vashma(n) u(n)tehleeja(n)t !)
I'm sure he's strong.
Je suis sûr qu'il est fort.
(I'm sure that he is strong.)
(jeuh swee sur keel ay for.)
je suis sûr que
I am sure that
(jeuh swee sur keuh)
Je suis sûr que sa sœ ur est très petite !
I am sure that his sister is very small!
(jeuh swee sur keuh sa seur ay tray
peuhteet !)
Mon chat est faible.
My cat is weak.
(mo(n) sha ay faybl.)
T'as vu comme elle est grande !
See how tall she is!
(ta vu kom aylay gra(n)d !)
T'as vu comme il est petit !
See how small he is!
(ta vu kom eelay peuhtee !)
Sa sœ ur est très mince.
Her sister is very slim.
(sa seur ay tray mu(n)ce.)
Oui, elle est vachement maigre !
Yes, she's really skinny!
(wee, aylay vashme(n) maygr !)
Ma tante est trop maigre.
My aunt is too skinny.
(ma ta(n)t ay tro maygr !)
T'as vu comme il est beau ?
See how handsome he is?
(ta vu kom eelay bo ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
185
English
French
Oui, et sa sœ ur est belle aussi !
Yes, and his sister is beautiful too!
(wee, eh sa seur ay bayl osee !)
C'est leur chien ?
Is it their dog?
(say leur shyu(n) ?)
C'est mon chat.
It's my cat.
(say mon sha.)
That is their fish.
Ça, c'est leur poisson.
(That, it is their fish.)
(sa say leur pwaso(n))
C'est leur cheval.
It's their horse.
(say leur sheuhval.)
Ce sont leurs chevaux.
They are their horses.
(seuh so(n) leur sheuhvo.)
They're her rabbits.
Ça, ce sont ses lapins.
(That, they are her rabbits.)
(sa, seuh so(n) say lapu(n).)
C'est le mien. Il est super mignon !
It's mine. It's so cute!
(say leuh myu(n). eel ay supayr meenyo(n) !)
C'est le tien.
It's yours.
(say leuh tyu(n).)
Ce gros chat ? C'est le sien !
That fat cat? It's hers!
(seuh gro sha ? say leuh syu(n) !)
Ce chien maigre ? Ouais, c'est le mien !
That skinny dog? Yeah, it's mine!
(seuh shyu(n) maygr ? way, say leuh myu(n)
!)
Et ce petit poisson, c'est le tien.
And that small fish, it's yours.
(eh seuh ptee pwaso(n), say leuh tyu(n).)
Et cette grosse araignée, c'est la mienne.
And this fat spider, it's mine.
(eh sayt gross araynyeh, say la myayn.)
Non, c'est la sienne !
No, it's hers!
(no(n), say la syayn !)
Cette souris, c'est la tienne.
That mouse, it's yours.
(sayt sooree, say la tyayn.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
186
English
French
Oh, elle est mignonne !
Oh, she's cute!
(o, aylay meenyun !)
Beurk, cette araignée est moche !
Yuck, this spider is ugly!
(beurk, sayt araynyeh ay mohsh !)
Where do your grandparents live?
Où vivent tes grands-parents ?
(Where live your grandparents?)
(oo veev tay gra(n)para(n) ?)
mon grand-père vit
my grandfather lives
(mo(n) gra(n)payr vee)
dans le sud
in the South
(da(n) leuh sud)
Mon grand-père vit dans le sud.
My grandfather lives in the South.
(mo(n) gra(n)payr vee da(n) leuh sud.)
Where do your parents live?
Où vivent tes parents ?
(Where live your parents?)
(oo veev tay para(n) ?)
Mes parents vivent dans le nord.
My parents live in the North.
(may para(n) veev da(n) leuh nor.)
Where does your aunt live?
Où vit ta tante?
(Where lives your aunt?)
(oo vee ta ta(n)t ?)
Ma tante vit dans l'est.
My aunt lives in the East.
(ma ta(n)t vee da(n) layst.)
Et ton oncle ?
And your uncle?
(eh ton o(n)kl ?)
Mon oncle vit dans l'ouest.
My uncle lives in the West.
(mon o(n)kl vee da(n) lwayst.)
Hi, come in.
Bonjour! Entrez, entrez.
(Good morning, come in, come in.)
(bo(n)joor ! e(n)treh, e(n)treh.)
Donnez-moi votre manteau.
Please give me your coat.
(doneh-mwa votr ma(n)to.)
Thank you. Your house is beautiful!
Merci. C'est magnifique chez vous !
(Thanks. It's wonderful at your place!)
(mayrsee. say manyifeek sheh voo !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
187
English
French
J'adore la lampe rouge sur la petite table
dans l'entrée.
I love the red lamp on the little table in the
entrance.
(jador la la(n)p rooj sur la peuhteet tabl
da(n) la(n)treh.)
Thank you. Can I show you around?
Merci. Je vous fais visiter ?
(Thanks. I make you visit?)
(mayrsee. jeuh voo fay veezeeteh ?)
Alors, ici c'est le salon et par là la cuisine.
So, here is the living room and over there the
kitchen.
(alor, eesee say leuh salo(n) eh par la la
kweezeen.)
C'est très joli.
It's very pretty.
(say tray jolee.)
À gauche, dans le couloir, c'est mon
bureau et à droite la salle de bain.
To the left in the corridor, it's my office and to the
right the bathroom.
(A gohsh, da(n) leuh koolwar, say mo(n) buro
eh a drwat la sal deuh bu(n).)
Your place is big!
C'est grand chez vous !
(It's big at your house!)
(say gra(n) sheh voo !)
Yes, and we have three bedrooms on the second
floor. We are lucky.
Oui, et nous avons trois chambres au
premier étage. Nous avons de la chance.
(Yes, and we have three bedrooms on the first
floor. We have luck.)
(wee noo zavo(n) trwa cha(n)br o preumyehr
ehtaj. noo zavo(n)d la cha(n)s.)
J'adore la lampe rouge !
I love the red lamp!
(jador la la(n)p rooj !)
la lampe rouge
the red lamp
(la la(n)p rooj)
J'adore la lampe jaune !
I love the yellow lamp!
(jador la la(n)p jone !)
J'adore la chaise rose !
I love the pink chair!
(jador la shayz rose !)
J'adore la chaise verte.
I love the green chair.
(jador la shayz vayrt.)
Et la lampe verte aussi.
And the green lamp too.
(eh la la(n)p vayrt osee.)
Et le canapé est super !
And the sofa is super!
(eh leuh kanapeh ay supayr !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
188
English
French
J'adore le lit blanc avec la lampe blanche.
I love the white bed with the white lamp.
(jador leuh lee bla(n) avek la la(n)p bla(n)sh.)
Wow, the black wall - super!
Ouah, super le mur noir !
(Wow, super the black wall!)
(wah, supayr leuh muhr nwar !)
The blue chair - nice!
Pas mal la chaise bleue !
(Not bad the blue chair!)
(pa mal la shayz bleuh !)
C'est sur la petite table dans l'entrée.
It's on the small table in the entrance.
(say sur la peuhteet tabl da(n) le(n)treh.)
la petite table
the small table
(la peuhteet tabl)
La photo est sur le mur.
The picture is on the wall.
(la foto ay sur leuh mur.)
sous la table
under the table
(soo la tabl)
C'est à côté de la table.
It's next to the table.
(say a koteh deuh la tabl.)
La cuisine est à côté de la petite table.
The kitchen is next to the small table.
(La kweezeen ayt a kotehd la peuteet tabl.)
C'est entre la table et le canapé.
It's between the table and the sofa.
(sayt e(n)tr la tabl eh leuh kanapeh.)
derrière la porte d'entrée
behind the entrance door
(dehreeayr la port da(n)treh)
La vieille porte d'entrée est derrière.
The old entrance door is in the back.
(la vyaye port da(n)treh ay dehreeayr.)
Le chat est devant la maison.
The cat is in front of the house.
(leuh sha ay deuhva(n) la mayzo(n).)
Le joli cheval est derrière la maison.
The pretty horse is behind the house.
(leuh jolee sheuhval ay dehreeayr la
mayzo(n).)
Here is the living room.
Ici, c'est le salon.
(Here, it is the living room.)
(eesee say leuh salo(n).)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
189
English
French
En haut, il y a les chambres.
Upstairs, there are the bedrooms.
(ah(n) o, eel ya lay sha(n)br.)
En bas, il y a l'entrée.
Downstairs, there is the entrance.
(ah(n) ba, eel ya le(n)treh.)
En bas, il y a le salon et la cuisine.
Downstairs, there is the living room and the
kitchen.
(ah(n) ba, eel ya leuh salo(n) eh la
kweezeen.)
À gauche de la cuisine, il y a le salon.
To the left of the kitchen, there is the living room.
(A gohsh deuh la kweezeen, eel yal salo(n).)
À droite de la salle de bain, il y a les
chambres.
To the right of the bathroom, there are the
bedrooms.
(A drwat deuh la sal deuh bu(n), eel ya lay
sha(n)br.)
À gauche, c'est le salon.
To the left, it's the living room.
(a gohsh, say leuh salo(n).)
À droite, c'est ma chambre.
To the right, it's my bedroom.
(a drwat, say ma sha(n)br.)
Je vous fais
I make you
(jeuh voo fay)
Can I show you around?
Je vous fais visiter ?
(I make you visit?)
(jeuh voo fay veeseeteh ?)
Nous avons trois chambres au premier
étage.
We have three bedrooms on the second floor.
(noo zavo(n) trwa cha(n)br o preuhmyehr
ehtaj.)
Où est le bureau ?
Where is the office?
(oo ay leuh buro ?)
Le bureau est au rez-de-chaussée.
The office is on the ground floor.
(leuh buro ay to rehdeuhshoseh.)
The bedrooms are on the second floor.
Les chambres sont au premier étage.
(The bedrooms are on the first floor.)
(lay sha(n)br so(n) to preuhmyehr ehtaj.)
Vous avez un sous-sol ?
Do you have a basement?
(voo zaveh u(n) soosol ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
190
English
French
Oui, et nous avons une cave aussi !
Yes, and we have a wine cellar too!
(wee, eh noo zavo(n) une kav osee !)
Et les escaliers ?
And the stairs?
(eh lay zeskalyeh ?)
Ils sont ici.
They are here.
(eel so(n) teesee.)
Yes, we are lucky.
Oui, nous avons de la chance.
(Yes, we have luck.)
(wee, noo zavo(n)d la cha(n)s.)
un verre d'eau
a glass of water
(u(n) vayr doh)
J'ai soif. Donne-moi un verre d'eau, s'il te
plaît.
I'm thirsty. Give me a glass of water, please.
(jay swaf. dun-mwa u(n) vayr doh, seel teuh
play.)
I'm lucky.
J'ai de la chance.
(I have luck.)
(jayd la sha(n)s.)
I'm lucky, it's big!
J'ai de la chance, c'est grand !
(I have luck, it's big!)
(jayd la sha(n)s, say gra(n) !)
I'm sleepy. I'm going to my bedroom.
J'ai sommeil, je vais dans ma chambre.
(I have sleep. I go in my bedroom.)
(jay somay, jeuh vay da(n) ma sha(n)br.)
J'ai faim, je vais dans la cuisine.
I'm hungry. I'm going to the kitchen.
(jay fa(n), jeuh vay da(n) la kweezeen.)
Your place is beautiful!
C'est magnifique chez vous !
(It's magnificent at your place!)
(say manyeefeek sheh voo !)
Your place is really nice!
C'est super chez vous !
(It's super at your place!)
(say supayr sheh voo !)
My place is small.
Chez moi, c'est petit.
(At my place, it's small.)
(sheh mwa, say peuhtee.)
Tu vas au dîner chez Pierre ce soir ?
Are you going to Pierre's dinner tonight?
(tu va o deeneh sheh pyayr seuh swar ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
191
English
French
Ils vont pas regarder le foot ?
Aren't they going to watch soccer?
(eel vo(n) pa reuhgardeh leuh foot ?)
Heu oui, tu connais Pierre, c'est un fan du
PSG !
Um yes, you know Pierre, he's a fan of the PSG!
(euh, wee, tu konay pyayr, say tu(n) fan du
peh ess jeh !)
Oh, tu sais quoi ? Mon mari a trouvé du
travail au service clientèle du BHV.
Oh, you know what? My husband found work at
BHV customer service.
(o, tu say kwa ? mo(n) maree ah trooveh du
travai o sehrvees kleea(n)tayl du beh ash
veh.)
C'est super ! Amène le ce soir.
That's great! Bring him tonight.
(say supayr ! amayn leuh seuh swar.)
Tu sais, il n'est pas trop fan et veux
surtout avoir une soirée tranquille.
You know, he is not a big fan and really wants to
have a relaxing evening.
(tu say, eel nay pa tro fan eh veuh surtoo
avwar une swareh tra(n)keel.)
Non merci, c'est gentil, une autre fois. Il
est très fatigué avec ce nouveau boulot.
No, thanks, it's nice of you, another time. He's
very tired with this new job.
(no(n) mayrsee, say jah(n)tee, une otr fwa.
eel ay tray fateegeh avek seuh noovo
boolo.)
Je comprends, pas de problème, mais
venez la prochaine fois, d'accord ?
I understand, no problem. But come the next
time, okay ?
(jeuh ko(n)pre(n), pad problaym, may
veuhneh la prochayn fwa, dakor ?)
Oui, promis ! Passe le bonjour à Pierre.
Yes, I promise! Say hi to Pierre for me.
(wee, promee ! pass leuh bo(n)joor a pyayr.)
ils vont regarder
they are going to watch
(eel vo(n) reuhgardeh)
Are you going to have dinner at Pierre's?
Tu vas dîner chez Pierre ?
(You are going to have dinner at Pierre's?)
(tu va deeneh cheh pyayr ?)
Aren't you going to have dinner at Pierre's?
Tu vas pas dîner chez Pierre ?
(You aren't going to have dinner at Pierre's?)
(tu va pa deeneh cheh pyayr ?)
Vous allez pas manger chez Pierre ce soir
?
Aren't you going to eat at Pierre's tonight?
(voo zaleh pa ma(n)jeh cheh pyayr seuh
swar ?)
Is he going to watch soccer at Pierre's tonight?
Il va regarder le foot chez Pierre ce soir ?
(He is going to watch the soccer at Pierre's
tonight?)
(eel va reuhgardeh leuh foot cheh pyayr
seuh swar ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
192
English
French
une soirée tranquille
a quiet evening
(une swareh tra(n)keel)
Non, il va passer une soirée tranquille à la
maison.
No, he's going to spend a quiet evening at home.
(no(n), eel va paseh une swareh tra(n)keel a
la mayzo(n).)
Non, il veut surtout passer une soirée
tranquille.
No, what he wants above all is to spend a quiet
evening.
(no(n), eel veuh surtoo paseh une swareh
tra(n)keel.)
(No, he wants above all to spend a quiet evening.)
Je vais nager chez Sophie.
I'm going to swim at Sophie's.
(jeuh vay najeh cheh sofee)
Je vais nager chez Sophie ce soir après le
boulot.
I am going to swim at Sophie's tonight after work.
(jeuh veh najeh cheh sofee seuh swar apray
leuh boolo.)
C'est un fan du PSG.
He's a fan of the PSG.
(sayt u(n) fan du peh ess jeh.)
He's crazy about soccer.
Il est fan de foot.
(He's fan of soccer.)
(eel ay fan deuh foot.)
He's not crazy about the PSG.
Il n'est pas fan du PSG.
(He's not fan of the PSG.)
(eel nay pa fan du peh ess jeh.)
He's not really crazy about soccer.
Il n'est pas trop fan de foot.
(He's not too fan of soccer.)
(eel nay pa tro fan deuh foot.)
She loves watching TV!
Elle adore regarder la télé !
(She loves to watch the TV!)
(ayl adohr reuhgardeh la tehleh !)
C'est incroyable, elle adore cette émission
!
It's unbelievable, she loves that TV show!
(say tu(n)krwayabl, ayl adohr sayt
ehmeesyo(n) !)
Heu oui, tu connais Marie, c'est une fan de
"Secret Story" !
Um yes, you know Mary, she's a fan of "Secret
Story"!
(euh wee, tu konay mahree, say tune fan
deuh "secret story")
Elle regarde aussi la série "Gossip Girl".
She also watches the series "Gossip Girl".
(ayl reuhgard osee la sehree "gossip girl")
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
193
English
French
Moi, je préfère regarder le JT !
Me, I prefer to watch the news!
(mwa, jeuh prehfayr reuhgardeh leuh jee teh
!)
Ma sœ ur préfère faire du vélo.
My sister prefers to go cycling.
(ma seuhr prehfayr fayr du vehlo.)
My husband found work at the BHV customer
service.
Mon mari a trouvé du travail au service
clientèle du BHV.
(My husband has found work at the customer
service of the BHV.)
(mo(n) mahree a trooveh du travai o
sehrvees kleeye(n)tayl du beh ash veh.)
My husband found work.
Mon mari a trouvé du travail.
(My husband has found some work.)
(mo(n) mahree a trooveh du travai.)
Il a trouvé du travail au service clientèle.
He found work at the customer service.
(eel a trooveh du travai o sehrvees
kleeye(n)tayl.)
Oh you know what? I found a job!
Oh tu sais quoi ? J'ai trouvé du travail !
(Oh you know what? I have found some work!)
(o tu say kwa ? jay trooveh du travai !)
Oh you know Pierre? Well, he lost his job!
Oh tu connais Pierre ? Bein il a perdu son
travail !
(Oh you know Pierre? Well, he has lost his job!)
(o tu konay pyayr ? bu(n) eel a pehrdu so(n)
travai !)
He's going to look for a job.
Il va chercher du travail.
(He goes to look for some job.)
(eel va chehrcheh du travahi.)
He's a reporter.
Il est journaliste.
(He's reporter.)
(eel ay joornaleest.)
Elle est médecin.
She is a doctor.
(ayl ay mehdsu(n).)
Elle travaille dans un institut. Elle est prof
de français.
She works in an institute. She's a French teacher.
(She works in an institute. She's a teacher of
French.)
(ayl travai da(n) zu(n) nu(n)steetu. ayl ay
prof deuh fra(n)say.)
Oui, merci, avec plaisir !
Yes, thanks. With pleasure!
(wee, mayrsee avek playzeer !)
Are you coming for dinner at Pierre's?
Tu viens dîner chez Pierre ?
(You come dinner at Pierre's?)
(tu vyu(n) deeneh cheh pyayr ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
194
English
French
Oui, merci, c'est gentil !
Yes, thanks, how nice!
(wee, mayrsee, say jah(n)tee !)
une bonne idée
a good idea
(une bun eedeh)
Oui, pourquoi pas ? C'est une bonne idée !
Yes, why not? It's a good idea!
(wee, poorkwa pa ? say tune bonn eedeh !)
Are you coming to the movies tonight ?
Tu viens au ciné ce soir ?
(You come to the cinema this night?)
(tu vyu(n) o seeneh seuh swar ?)
D'accord, avec plaisir.
Okay, with pleasure.
(dakor, avek playzeer.)
Non, merci, c'est gentil, une autre fois
peut-être.
No, thanks, it's kind of you, perhaps another time.
(no(n), mayrsee, say jah(n)tee, une otr fwa
peuhtaytr.)
Je suis désolé. Une autre fois peut-être.
I'm sorry. Perhaps another time.
(jeuh swee dehzoleh. une otr fwa
peuhtaytr.)
Je ne suis pas libre.
I am not available.
(jeuhn swee pa leebr.)
Je suis désolée, je ne suis pas libre ce soir.
I'm sorry. I'm not available tonight.
(jeuh swee dehzoleh, jeuh neuh swee pa
leebr seuh swar.)
I'm sorry, it's not possible.
Je regrette, ce n'est pas possible.
(I regret, it's not possible.)
(jeuh reuhgrayt, seuh nay pa poseebl.)
Je ne peux pas.
I can not.
(jeuhn peuh pa.)
Merci, c'est gentil mais je ne peux pas ce
soir.
Thanks, it's kind of you but I can't tonight.
(mayrsee, say jah(n)tee may jeuhn peuh pa
seuh swar.)
Je suis occupée.
I'm busy.
(jeuh swee zokupeh.)
I'm sorry, I'm busy.
Je regrette, je suis occupé.
(I regret, I'm busy.)
(jeuh reuhgrayt, jeuh swee zokupeh.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
195
English
French
Désolée, je suis fatiguée.
Sorry, I'm tired.
(dehzoleh, jeuh swee fateegeh.)
Désolé, je suis crevé avec ce nouveau
boulot.
Sorry, I'm exhausted with this new job.
(dehzoleh, jeuh swee kreuhveh avek seuh
noovo boolo.)
say hi
passe le bonjour
(pass the goodmorning)
(pass leuh bo(n)joor)
Will you come next time?
Tu viens la prochaine fois ?
(You come the next time?)
(tu vyu(n) la prochayn fwa?)
Oui, promis, je vais venir !
Yes, I promise, I am going to come!
(wee, promee, jeuh vay veuhneer !)
Et amène ton mari.
And bring your husband.
(eh amayn to(n) mahree.)
Amène le ce soir.
Bring him tonight.
(amayn leuh seuh swar.)
Et passe le bonjour à tout le monde.
And say hi to everybody.
(eh pass leuh bo(n)joor a too leuh mo(n)d.)
Pardon, il y a quelqu'un ici ?
Sorry, is this taken?
(pardo(n), eel ya kaylku(n) eesee ?)
Non, c'est libre.
No, go ahead.
(no(n), say leebr.)
Merci, moi c'est Erica.
Thanks, my name is Erica.
(mayrsee, mwa say ereeka.)
Tu viens souvent ici? J'ai l'impression de
t'avoir déjà vu.
Do you come here often? I think I've seen you
before.
(tu vyu(n) soovah(n) eesee ? jay
lu(n)prehsyo(n) deuh tavwar dehjah vu.)
Non, pas trop souvent, de temps en
temps avec mes amis.
No, not very often, from time to time with my
friends.
(no(n), pa tro soove(n), deuh te(n) ze(n) te(n)
avek may zahmee.)
Oh, et tu t'appelles comment ?
Oh, and what is your name?
(o, eh tu tapayl kome(n) ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
196
English
French
Bastien. Je t'offre un verre ?
Bastien. Can I offer you a drink?
(bastyu(n). jeuh tofr u(n) vayr ?)
Oui, pourquoi pas? Avec plaisir !
Yes, why not? With pleasure!
(wee, poorkwa pa ? avek playzeer !)
Pardon, c'est pris ?
Sorry, is it taken?
(pardo(n), say pree ?)
je peux m'asseoir
I can sit down
(jeuh peuh maswar)
Pardon, je peux m'asseoir là ?
Sorry, can I sit down there?
(pardo(n), jeuh peuh maswar la ?)
Oui, tu peux t'asseoir là.
Yes, you can sit down there.
(wee, tu peuh taswar la.)
Bien sûr, c'est libre !
Of course, it's free!
(beea(n) sur, say leebr !)
Do you come here often? I think I've seen you
before.
Tu viens souvent ici ? J'ai l'impression de
t'avoir déjà vu.
(You come often here? I have the impression of
having seen you before.)
(tu vyu(n) soovah(n) eesee ? jay
lu(n)prehsyo(n) deuh tavwar dehja vu.)
Tu viens souvent ici ?
Do you often come here ?
(tu vyu(n) soovah(n) eesee ?)
I think I’ve seen you before.
J'ai l'impression de t'avoir déjà vu.
(I have the impression of having before seen you.)
(jay lu(n)prehsyo(n) deuh tavwar dehja vu.)
Oui, je viens souvent ici. Et toi ?
Yes, I often come here. And you?
(wee, jeuh vyu(n) soove(n) eesee. eh twa ?)
Non, pas trop souvent.
No, not very often.
(no(n) pa tro soove(n))
Je viens de temps en temps avec mes
amis.
I come from time to time with my friends.
(jeuh vyu(n) deuh te(n) ze(n) te(n) avek may
zahmee.)
Je viens souvent avec mon amie.
I often come with my (girl)friend.
(jeuh vyu(n) soove(n) avek mon ahmee.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
197
English
French
Moi, c'est Paul. Et toi ? Comment tu
t'appelles ?
I am Paul. How about you? What's your name?
(Me, it's Paul. And you? What do you call yourself?)
(mwa say pol. eh twa ? kome(n) tu tapayl ?)
Moi, c'est Erica.
Me, it's Erica.
(mwa, say ereeka.)
Can I offer you a drink?
Je t'offre un verre ?
(I you offer a glass?)
(jeuh tofr u(n) vayr ?)
Je t'offre quelque chose ?
Can I offer you something?
(jeuh tofr kaylkeuh choz ?)
Tu veux boire quelque chose ?
Do you want to drink something?
(tu veuh bwar kaylkeuh choz ?)
Oui, merci, un verre de vin rouge.
Yes, thanks, a glass of red wine.
(wee, mayrsee, u(n) vayr deuh vu(n) rooj.)
Et qu'est-ce que tu fais à Paris ?
And what are you doing in Paris?
(eh kayskeuh tu fay a paree ?)
Je travaille dans un institut de langues.
I work in a language institute.
(jeuh travai da(n) zun u(n)steetu deuh
la(n)g. )
I'm an English teacher.
Je suis prof d'anglais.
(I'm teacher of English.)
(jeuh swee prof da(n)glay.)
Oui, j'ai un copain anglais.
Yes, I have an English (male) friend.
(wee, jay u(n) kopu(n) a(n)glay.)
Et des copines américaines.
And American (female) friends.
(eh day kopeen amehreekayn.)
Oui, mon petit copain est américain.
Yes, my boyfriend is American.
(wee, mo(n) ptee kopu(n) ayt amehreeku(n).)
Oui, avec plaisir mon chéri.
Yes, with pleasure my dear.
(wee, avek playzeer mo(n) chehree.)
Oui, avec plaisir mon cœ ur.
Yes, with pleasure my sweetheart.
(wee, avek playzeer mo(n) keuhr.)
Oh my love, my darling, my sweetheart!
Oh mon amour, mon lapin, mon chat !
(Oh my love, my rabbit, my cat!)
(o mon ahmoor, mo(n) lapu(n), mo(n) sha !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
198
English
French
I love you my sweetie, my beloved!
Je t'aime ma puce, ma belle !
(I love you my flea, my beautiful!)
(jeuh taym ma puce, ma bayl !)
Moi aussi mon ange !
Me too my angel!
(mwa osee mon a(n)j !)
Yes, honey, no problem!
Oui ma poule, pas de problème !
(Yes, my hen, no problem!)
(wee ma pool, pa deuh problaym !)
Tu viens ce soir ma chérie ?
Are you coming tonight my darling?
(tu vyu(n) seuh swar ma chehree ?)
T'as un petit copain ici ?
Do you have a boyfriend here?
(ta u(n) ptee kopu(n) eesee ?)
Tu sors avec quelqu'un ?
Are you going out with someone?
(tu sor avek kaylku(n) ?)
T'es avec quelqu'un ici ?
Are you with someone here?
(tay avek kaylku(n) eesee ?)
Non, je suis seule.
No, I am alone.
(no(n) jeuh swee seuhl.)
Tu es célibataire ?
Are you single?
(tu ay sehleebatayr ?)
Tu es mariée ?
Are you married?
(tu ay mahryeh ?)
J'ai un rendez-vous ce soir.
I have a date tonight.
(jay u(n) re(n)dehvoo seuh swar.)
Je suis amoureux.
I am in love.
(jeuh swee zahmooreuh)
Ma sœ ur est amoureuse.
My sister is in love.
(ma seuhr ay tahmooreuhz)
I think about you.
Je pense à toi.
(I think to you.)
(jeuh pe(n)s a twa.)
Je pense souvent à toi.
I often think about you.
(jeuh pe(n)s soove(n) a twa.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
199
English
French
Je veux te revoir.
I want to see you again.
(jeuh veuh teuh reuhvwar.)
Tu me manques. Je veux te revoir.
I miss you. I want to see you again.
(tu meuh ma(n)k. jeuh veuh teuh reuhvwar.)
Nous pouvons nous rencontrer ce soir ?
Can we meet tonight?
(noo poovo(n) noo re(n)ko(n)treh seuh swar
?)
(We can us meet this night?)
Tu veux m'embrasser ?
Do you want to kiss me?
(tu veuh me(n)braseh ?)
Oui, je veux t'embrasser.
Yes, I want to kiss you.
(wee, jeuh veuh te(n)braseh.)
Hmm, ça sent bon ! Qu'est-ce que tu
prépares ?
Hmm, something smells delicious! What are you
cooking?
(mmm, sa sa(n) bo(n) ! kayskeuh tu prehpar
?)
Je prépare une tartiflette pour le dîner de
ce soir.
I'm making a tartiflette for dinner tonight.
(jeuh prehpar une tarteeflayt poor leuh
deeneh deuh seuh swar.)
Miam-miam ! C'est quoi les ingrédients ?
Yummy! What are the ingredients?
(myam myam ! say kwa lay zu(n)grehdye(n)
?)
Tu peux me montrer comment on la
prépare ?
Can you show me how to make it?
(tu peuh meuh mo(n)treh koma(n) o(n) la
prehpar ?)
Alors, il faut un kilo de pommes de terre
cuites dans l'eau bouillante.
So, you need one kilo of potatoes cooked in
boiling water.
(alor, eel fo u(n) keelo deuh pum deuh tayr
kweet da(n) lo booya(n)t.)
Maintenant, je fais dorer l'oignon coupé en
fines lamelles avec les lardons.
Now, I am browning the thinly sliced onion with
bacon cubes.
(mu(n)tna(n), jeuh fay doreh lonyo(n) koopeh
e(n) feen lamayl avek lay lardo(n).)
Miam, j'adore les lardons !
Yum, I love bacon cubes!
(myam, jadohr lay lardo(n) !)
Puis, je beurre un plat à gratin. Je coupe
les pommes de terre en lamelles.
Then, I butter a gratin dish. I slice the potatoes.
(Pwee, jeuh beur u(n) pla a gratu(n). Jeuh
koop lay pum deuh tayr e(n) lamayl.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
200
English
French
Et j'alterne une couche de pommes de
terre, puis le mélange lardons-oignons.
And I alternate one layer of potatoes, then the
mix of bacon cubes and onions.
(eh jaltayrn une koosh deuh pom deuh tayr,
pwee leuh mehla(n)j lardo(n) onyo(n).)
Ça n'a pas l'air trop dur.
It doesn't seem too hard.
(sa na pa layr tro dur.)
Enfin, la touche finale ! De la crème
fraîche et le reblochon coupé en deux.
And then, the final touch ! Creme fraiche and the
reblochon cheese cut in half.
(a(n)fu(n), la toosh feenal ! deuh la kraym
fraysh eh leuh reuhblohsho(n) koopeh a(n)
deuh.)
Du reblochon, ah bon ? Heuuu, je suis pas
fan de ça !
Reblochon, really? Eeeeeh, I'm not a big fan of it!
(du reuhblohsho(n), a bo(n) ? euuuh, jeuh
swee pa fan deuh sa !)
Tu vas voir, tu vas adorer ! Et maintenant,
au four pour gratiner.
You will see, you will love it! And now to the oven
so it cooks au gratin.
(tu va vwar, tu va adohreh ! eh mu(n)tna(n),
o foor poor grahteeneh.)
Je cuisine pour ce soir.
I'm cooking for tonight.
(jeuh kweezeen poor seuh swar.)
Je peux goûter ?
Can I taste?
(jeuh peuh gooteh ?)
Je prépare une quiche lorraine.
I'm preparing a quiche lorraine.
(jeuh prehpar une keech lorayn.)
Et une salade niçoise !
And a nicoise salad!
(eh une salad neeswaz !)
It's my aunt's recipe.
C'est la recette de ma tante.
(It's the recipe of my aunt.)
(say la reuhsayt deuh ma ta(n)t.)
Are there eggs in it?
Il y a des œ ufs dedans ?
(There are eggs inside?)
(eel ya day zeuh deuhda(n) ?)
tu peux me montrer
can you show me
(tu peuh meuh mo(n)treh)
on la prépare
we prepare it (feminine)
(o(n) la prehpar)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
201
English
French
Quels sont les ingrédients ?
What are the ingredients?
(kayl so(n) lay zu(n)grehdya(n) ?)
I'm browning the thinly sliced onion with bacon
cubes.
Je fais dorer l'oignon coupé en fines
lamelles avec les lardons.
(I make brown the onion cut in thin slices with the
bacon cubes.)
(jeuh fay doreh lonyo(n) koopeh e(n) feen
lamayl avek lay lardo(n).)
I brown the onion.
Je fais dorer l'oignon.
(I make brown the onion.)
(jeuh fay doreh lonyo(n).)
thinly sliced
coupé en fines lamelles
(cut in thin slices)
(koopeh e(n) feen lamayl)
I boil the potatoes.
Je fais bouillir les pommes de terre.
(I make boil the potatoes.)
(jeuh fay booyeer lay pum deuh tayr.)
Je coupe les pommes de terre en lamelles.
I cut the potatoes in slices.
(jeuh koop lay pum deuh tayr a(n) lamayl.)
Je fais bouillir un kilo de pommes de terre.
I boil one kilo of potatoes.
(I make boil one kilo of potatoes.)
(jeuh fay booyeer u(n) keelo deuh pum deuh
tayr.)
I fry the bacon cubes.
Je fais frire les lardons.
(I make fry the bacon cubes.)
(jeuh fay freer lay lardo(n).)
Je fais frire deux cents (200) grammes de
lardons.
I fry two hundred (200) grams of bacon cubes.
(jeuh fay freer deuh sa(n) gram deuh
lardo(n).)
Ajoutez du lait.
Add some milk.
(ahjooteh du lay.)
Ajoutez de la farine.
Add some flour.
(ahjooteh deuh la fahreen.)
Ajoutez trois cent cinquante (350)
grammes de farine.
Add three hundred and fifty (350) grams of flour.
(ahjooteh trwasa(n)su(n)ka(n)t gram deuh
fareen.)
Et cinquante (50) grammes de
champignons.
And fifty (50) grams of mushrooms.
(eh su(n)ka(n)t gram deuh sha(n)peenyo(n).)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
202
English
French
Tu mélanges les champignons avec les
oignons ?
Do you mix the mushrooms with the onions?
(tu mehla(n)j lay sha(n)peenyo(n) avek lay
zonyo(n) ?)
Miam-miam, j'adore les champignons !
Yummy, I love mushrooms!
(myam myam, jahdor lay sha(n)peenyo(n) !)
Je beurre un plat à gratin.
I butter a gratin dish.
(jeuh beur u(n) pla a grahtu(n).)
Beurrez un plat à gratin.
Butter a gratin dish.
(beuhreh u(n) pla a gratu(n))
Slice the potatoes.
Coupez les pommes de terre en lamelles.
(Cut the potatoes in slices.)
(koopeh lay pum deuh tayr a(n) lamayl.)
J'alterne une couche de pommes de terre,
une couche de lardons.
I alternate one layer of potatoes, one layer of
bacon cubes.
(jaltayrn une koosh deuh pum deuh tayr,
une koosh deuh lardo(n).)
la touche finale
the final touch
(la tooch feenal)
La touche finale: de la crème fraîche et du
reblochon !
The final touch: some creme fraiche and some
reblochon!
(la toosh feenal: deuh la kraym fraysh eh du
reuhblohsho(n) !)
And now, in the oven!
Et maintenant, au four !
(And now, at the oven!)
(eh mu(n)tna(n), o foor !)
In the oven to cook it au gratin.
Au four pour gratiner.
(At the oven for to cook au gratin.)
(o foor poor grahteeneh.)
Le four est préchauffé ?
Is the oven preheated?
(leuh foor ay prehshofeh?)
Oui, à deux cent vingt (220) degrés
Celsius.
Yes, to two hundred and twenty (220) degrees
Celsius.
(wee, a deuh sa(n) vu(n) deuhgreh
saylsyus.)
ça n'a pas l'air
it doesn't look
(sa na pa layr)
Hmm, ça n'a pas l'air trop dur.
Hmm, it doesn't look too hard.
(mmm, sa na pa layr tro dur.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
203
English
French
Non, c'est vraiment facile !
No, it's really easy!
(no(n), say vrayma(n) faseel !)
What about an aperitif before dinner?
On prend l'apéro avant le dîner ?
(We take the aperitif before the dinner ?)
(o(n) pra(n) lapehro ava(n) leuh deeneh ?)
Are you coming for the aperitif tonight?
Tu viens prendre l'apéro ce soir ?
(You come to take the aperitif this evening?)
(tu vyu(n) pra(n)dr lapehro seuh swar ?)
Pourquoi pas ? Bonne idée !
Why not? Good idea!
(poorkwa pa ? bun eedeh !)
Are you bringing some dry sausage for the
aperitif?
Tu amènes du saucisson pour l'apéro ?
(tu amayn du soseeso(n) poor lapehro ?)
je ne mange pas
I don't eat
(jeuhn ma(n)j pa)
Je ne mange pas de saucisson.
I don't eat dry sausage.
(jeuhn ma(n)j pa deuh soseeso(n).)
Je ne mange pas de cacahuètes.
I don't eat peanuts.
(jeuhn ma(n)j pa deuh kahkahwayt.)
Are you a vegetarian?
Tu es végétarienne ?
(You are vegetarian?)
(tu ay vehjehtaryayn ?)
Non, je mange de la viande, mais pas de
porc.
No, I eat meat, but not pork.
(no(n), jeuh ma(n)j deuh la vya(n)d, may pa
deuh pohr.)
Je suis allergique.
I'm allergic.
(jeuh swee zalehrjeek.)
I'm allergic to peanuts.
Je suis allergique aux cacahuètes.
(I'm allergic to the peanuts.)
(jeuh swee zalehrjeek o kahkahwayt.)
Ah oui, j'aime bien les cacahuètes.
Oh yes, I like peanuts.
(a wee, jaym beea(n) lay kahkahwayt.)
Je n'aime pas.
I don't like.
(jeuh naym pa.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
204
English
French
Ah non, merci, je n'aime pas les
cacahuètes, je suis allergique.
Oh no, thanks, I don't like peanuts. I'm allergic.
(a no(n) mayrsee, jeuh naym pa lay
kahkahwayt, jeuh swee zalehrjeek.)
Ma mère est allergique au poisson.
My mother is allergic to fish.
(ma mayr ay talehrjeek o pwaso(n).)
Vraiment ? Moi, je suis allergique aux
crustacés.
Really? Me, I am allergic to shellfish.
(vrayma(n) ? mwa, jeuh swee zalehrjeek o
krustaseh.)
Dinner's ready!
À table !
(To table!)
(a tabl !)
Dinner is served!
À table, c'est prêt !
(To table, it's ready!)
(a table, say pray !)
Merci, ça a l'air délicieux !
Thanks, it looks delicious!
(mayrsee, sa a layr dehleesyeuh !)
C'est vraiment bon !
It's really good!
(say vrayma(n) bo(n) !)
La quiche est délicieuse.
The quiche is delicious.
(la keesh ay dehleesyeuz.)
Ah oui, merci, volontiers !
Oh yes, thanks, gladly!
(a wee, mayrsee volo(n)tyeh !)
Oui, volontiers, mais un tout petit peu !
Yes, gladly but just a little bit!
(wee, volo(n)tyeh, may u(n) toopteepeuh !)
I ate too much!
J'ai trop mangé !
(I have too much eaten! )
(jay tro ma(n)jeh !)
Ça te dit d'aller faire une randonnée dans
la montagne ?
Do you feel like going for a hike in the mountains?
(sa teuh dee daleh fayr une ra(n)doneh
da(n) la mo(n)tanye ?)
La montée n'est pas trop dure, je crois.
The climb isn't too steep, I think.
(la mo(n)teh nay pa tro dur, jeuh krwa.)
D'accord, bonne idée ! On devrait y aller
maintenant qu'il fait beau.
Ok, good idea! We should go now that the weather
is nice.
(dakor, bonn eedeh ! O(n) deuhvray y aleh
mu(n)tna(n) keel fay bo.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
205
English
French
Il y a du soleil mais il ne fait pas trop
chaud, c'est parfait pour une balade !
It's sunny but not too hot. It's perfect for a walk!
(eel ya du solay may eel neuh fay pa tro sho,
say parfay poor une balahd !)
Il fait combien ?
What's the temperature?
(eel fay ko(n)beea(n) ?)
Il fait 25 degrés.
It's 25 degrees.
(eel fay vu(n)tsu(n)k deuhgreh.)
Parfait, allons-y alors !
Perfect, let's go then.
(parfay, alo(n) zee alor !)
Oui, allons-y aujourd'hui. La météo dit que
demain il va pleuvoir.
Yes, let's go today. The weather forecast says
tomorrow it's going to rain.
(wee, alo(n) zee ojoordwee. la mehteyo dee
keuh deuhmu(n) eel va pleuhvwar.)
Do you feel like going for a stroll?
Ça te dit d'aller faire une balade ?
(It says to you to go do a stroll?)
(sa teuh dee daleh fayr une balahd ?)
Do you feel like it?
Ça vous dit ?
(Does it say to you?)
(sa voo dee ?)
Do you feel like going for a hike?
Ça vous dit d'aller faire une randonnée ?
(It says to you to go do a hike?)
(sa voo dee daleh fayr une ra(n)doneh ?)
Does she feel like going for a run?
Ça lui dit d'aller courir ?
(It says to her to go run?)
(sa lwee dee daleh kooreer ?)
Oui, ça me dit !
Yes, I feel like it!
(wee, sa meuh dee !)
Oui, ça nous dit !
Yes, we feel like it!
(wee, sa noo dee !)
Ça vous dit d'aller se promener ?
Do you feel like going for a walk?
(sa voo dee daleh seuh promneh ?)
Oui, ça nous dit ! Très bonne idée !
Yes, we feel like it! Very good idea!
(wee, sa noo dee ! tray bun eedeh !)
to talk about something
parler de quelque chose
(to talk of something)
(parleh deuh kaylkeuhshoz)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
206
English
French
parler à quelqu'un
to talk to someone
(parleh a kaylku(n))
parler de quelque chose à quelqu'un
to talk about something to someone
(parleh deuh kaylkeuhshoz a kaylku(n))
Tu nous parles.
You are talking to us.
(tu noo parl)
Tu nous parles de ta balade ?
Are you talking to us about your stroll?
(tu noo parl deuh ta balahd ?)
Nous lui parlons.
We talk to him.
(noo lwee parlo(n).)
Nous lui parlons de la randonnée.
We are talking to him about the hike.
(noo lwee parlo(n) deuh la ra(n)doneh)
The hike is not too difficult, I think.
La randonnée n'est pas trop dure, je crois.
(The hike is not too hard, I believe.)
(la ra(n)doneh nay pa tro dur, jeuh krwa.)
The forest is gorgeous.
La forêt est très belle.
(The forest is very beautiful.)
(la foray ay tray bayl.)
Le lac n'est pas trop loin, je crois.
The lake is not too far away, I think.
(Leuh lak nay pa tro lwu(n), jeuh krwa.)
La mer est loin !
The sea is far away!
(la mayr ay lwu(n) !)
Moi, je veux aller à la mer !
Me, I want to go to the sea!
(mwa, jeuh veuh aleh a la mayr !)
Oui, mais moi, je veux aller à la montagne
!
Yes, but me, I want to go to the mountains!
(wee, may mwa, jeuh veuh aleh a la
mo(n)tanye)
We should go there.
On devrait y aller.
(We should there go.)
(o(n) deuhvray ee aleh.)
La mer ? D'accord ! On devrait y aller
maintenant !
The sea? Okay! We should go there now!
(lamayr ? dakor ! o(n) deuhvray ee aleh
mu(n)tna(n) !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
207
English
French
La montagne ? Très bonne idée ! On
devrait y aller aujourd'hui.
The mountain? Very good idea! We should go
there today!
(la mo(n)tanye ? tray bun eedeh ! o(n)
deuhvray ee aleh ojoordwee.)
The weather is nice.
Il fait beau.
(It makes beautiful.)
(eel fay bo.)
Il fait mauvais.
The weather is bad.
(eel fay movay.)
Ouf, il fait chaud aujourd'hui !
Phew, it's hot today!
(oof, eel fay sho ojoordwee !)
Il fait froid.
It's cold.
(eel fay frwa.)
Aujourd'hui il fait beau mais il fait froid !
Today, the weather is nice but it's cold!
(ojoordwee eel fay bo may eel fay frwa !)
During summer in Marseilles, it's hot!
L'été à Marseille, il fait chaud !
(The summer in Marseilles, it's hot!)
(lehteh a marsaye, eel fay sho ! )
C'est la canicule !
It's the heatwave!
(say la kaneekul !)
Il fait froid à Paris pendant l'hiver.
It's cold in Paris during winter.
(eel fay frwa a paree pa(n)da(n) leevehr.)
It's sunny.
Il y a du soleil.
(There is some sun.)
(eel ya du solay.)
It's windy.
Il y a du vent.
(There is some wind.)
(eel ya du va(n))
Il y a du vent à Paris pendant l'automne.
It's windy in Paris during fall.
(eel ya du va(n) a paree pa(n)da(n) lotun.)
It's cloudy.
Il y a des nuages.
(There are some clouds.)
(eel ya day nuahj.)
Au printemps, il pleut souvent à Paris.
In spring, it often rains in Paris.
(o pru(n)ta(n), eel pleuh soove(n) a paree.)
En hiver, il neige souvent.
In winter, it often snows.
(e(n) neevehr, eel nayj soova(n).)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
208
English
French
En automne, il fait beau.
In fall, the weather is nice.
(ah notun, eel fay bo.)
En été, il y a du soleil et il fait chaud.
In summer, it's sunny and it's hot.
(ah nehteh, eel ya du solay eh eel fay sho.)
Attention aux inondations sur les routes.
Careful with the flooding on the roads.
(ata(n)syo(n) o zeeno(n)dasyo(n) sur lay
root.)
(Careful to the floodings on the roads.)
Attention aux orages sur les plages.
Careful with thunderstorms on the beaches.
(ata(n)syo(n) o zoraj sur lay plaj.)
Il fait vingt-cinq (25) degrés.
It's twenty-five (25) degrees.
(eel fay vu(n)tsu(n)k deuhgreh.)
Il fait chaud, il fait trente-deux degrés
(32°C).
It's hot, it's thirty-two degrees (32°C).
(eel fay sho, eel fay tra(n)tdeuh deuhgreh.)
Il fait froid, il fait zéro (0°C).
It's cold, it's zero (0°C).
(eel fay frwa, eel fay zehro.)
The weather is great!
Il fait super beau !
(It makes super beautiful!)
(eel fay super bo !)
Il fait super beau, c'est parfait pour une
balade !
The weather is great, it's perfect for a walk!
(eel fay supayr bo, say parfay poor une
balahd !)
Quel temps fait-il à Paris ?
What's the weather like in Paris?
(kayl ta(n) fay teel a paree ?)
Il fait mauvais, il pleut.
The weather is bad, it's raining.
(eel fay movay, eel pleuh.)
The weather is awful!
Il fait un temps de chien !
(It makes a weather of dog!)
(eel fay u(n) ta(n) deuh shyu(n) !)
The weather is really bad!
Il fait un temps de cochon !
(It makes a weather of pigs!)
(eel fay u(n) ta(n) deuh kosho(n) !)
It's raining cats and dogs!
Il pleut des cordes !
(It rains ropes!)
(eel pleuh day kohrd !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
209
English
French
elle dit que
she says that
(ayl dee keuh)
Demain, il va pleuvoir.
Tomorrow, it's going to rain.
(deuhmu(n), eel va pleuhvwar.)
The weather is going to be nice.
Il va faire beau.
(It is going to make beautiful.)
(eel va fayr bo.)
Il va faire beau demain, allons faire une
balade.
The weather is going to be nice tomorrow, let's go
for a walk.
(eel va fayr bo deuhmu(n), alo(n) fayr une
balahd.)
Super ! Allons-y !
Super! Let's go!
(supayr ! alo(n) zee !)
Il va faire mauvais.
The weather is going to be bad.
(eel va fayr movay.)
La météo dit que demain il va faire
mauvais.
The weather forecast says that tomorrow the
weather is going to be bad.
(la mehteyo dee keuh deuhmu(n) eel va fayr
movay.)
Oh non ! Il va pleuvoir ce week-end !
Oh no ! It is going to rain this weekend!
(o no(n) ! eel va pleuhvwar seuh weekend !)
Il va neiger le week-end prochain !
It's going to snow next weekend!
(eel va nehjeh leuh weekend prochu(n) !)
Il va faire beau la semaine prochaine ?
Is the weather going to be nice next week?
(eel va fayr bo la seuhmayn prochayn ?)
J'ai besoin d'aller faire des courses.
I need to go shopping.
(jay beuhzwu(n) daleh fayr day koors.)
Qu'est-ce que tu veux acheter ?
What do you want to buy?
(kayskeuh tu veuh ashteh ?)
Heu, alors, j'ai besoin de shampoing et de
quelques courses pour la maison.
Well, let's see. I need shampoo and some
groceries for the house.
(heu, alor, jay beuhzwu(n) deuh shampwu(n)
eh deuh kaylkeu koors poor la mayzo(n).)
À quelle heure ferme le supermarché ?
What time does the supermarket close?
(a kayl heur fayrm leuh supayrmarcheh ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
210
English
French
Oh ça va, c'est ouvert jusqu'à 20 heures.
Oh, no worries, it's open until 8pm.
(o sa va, say toovayr juska vu(n) teur.)
Et j'aimerais aussi m'acheter quelques
DVD.
And I'd like to buy myself a few DVDs as well.
(eh jaymray osee mashteh kaylkeu
dehvehdeh.)
Ah pour ça, tu peux aller sur le boulevard
Saint Michel !
Oh for that, you can go on the Saint Michel
boulevard!
(a poor sa, tu peuh aleh sur leuh boolvar
su(n) meechehl !)
Tu verras, c'est super, il y a plein de
magasins là-bas.
You'll see, it's great, there are plenty of stores
there.
(tu vehra say supayr, ilya plu(n) deuh
magazuh(n) laba.)
j'ai besoin de
I need
(jay beuhzwu(n) deuh)
Je vais faire les courses.
I'm going grocery shopping.
(jeuh vay fayr lay koors.)
tu as besoin de
you need
(tu a beuhzwu(n) deuh)
Tu as besoin de quelque chose ?
Do you need anything?
(tu a beuhzwu(n) deuh kaylkeu shoze ?)
No, thanks, it's nice of you.
Non, merci, c'est gentil.
(No, thanks, it's nice.)
(no(n), mayrsee, say jah(n)tee.)
Tu veux venir avec moi ?
Do you want to come with me?
(tu veuh veuhneer avek mwa ?)
Ah oui, très bonne idée !
Oh yes, very good idea!
(A wee, tray bun eedeh !)
J'ai besoin de shampoing et de quelques
trucs pour la maison.
I need shampoo and some other stuff for the
house.
(jay beuhzwu(n) deuh sha(n)pwu(n) eh deuh
kaylkeu truk poor la mayzo(n).)
nous avons besoin de
we need
(noo zavo(n) beuhzwu(n) deuh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
211
English
French
Nous avons besoin d'aller acheter des
fruits et des légumes.
We need to go buy some fruits and vegetables.
(noo zavo(n) beuhzwu(n) daleh ashteh day
frwee eh day lehgume.)
Allez au marché !
Go to the market!
(aleh o marcheh !)
J'ai besoin d'aller acheter des céréales.
I need to go buy cereal.
(jay beuhzwu(n) daleh ashteh day
sehrehyal.)
Va au supermarché Carrefour.
Go to the Carrefour supermarket.
(va o supayrmarcheh karfoor.)
a tuna can
une boîte de conserve de thon
(a box of can of tuna)
(une bwat deuh ko(n)sayrv deuh to(n))
un pot de confiture
a jar of jam
(u(n) po deuh ko(n)feetur)
un tube de dentifrice
a tube of toothpaste
(u(n) tub deuh da(n)teefreece)
I would like a box of rice.
Je voudrais un paquet de riz.
(I would like a pack of rice.)
(jeuh voodray u(n) pakeh deuh ree.)
Je voudrais un paquet de pâtes.
I would like a pack of pasta.
(jeuh voodray u(n) pakeh deuh paht.)
Je voudrais une brique de lait s'il vous
plaît.
I would like a carton of milk please.
(jeuh voodray une breek deuh lay seel voo
play.)
Je voudrais deux bouteilles de jus d'orange
s'il vous plaît.
I would like two bottles of orange juice please.
(jeuh voodray deuh bootaye deuh ju dora(n)j
seel voo play.)
À quelle heure ouvre le supermarché ?
What time does the supermaket open?
(a kayl eur oovr leuh supayrmarcheh ?)
from nine (9) am to seven (7) pm
de neuf (9) heures à dix-neuf (19) heures
(from nine (9) hours to nineteen (19) hours)
(deuh neuveur a deezneuveur)
Le supermarché est ouvert de neuf (9)
heures à dix-neuf (19) heures.
The supermarket is open from nine (9) am to
seven (7) pm.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay toovayr deuh
neuveur a deezneuveur.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
212
English
French
Le supermarché est ouvert jusqu'à vingt
(20) heures.
The supermarket is open until eight (8) pm.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay toovayr juska vu(n)
teur.)
Oh ça va, il est ouvert vingt-quatre (24)
heures sur vingt-quatre (24).
Oh, no worries. It's open twenty-four (24) hours a
day.
(o sa va, eel ay toovayr vu(n)tkatreur sur
vu(n)tkatr.)
Le supermarché est fermé le dimanche.
The supermarket is closed on Sundays.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay fayrmeh leuh
deema(n)ch.)
(The supermarket is closed the Sunday.)
Le supermarché est fermé dimanche.
The supermarket is closed on Sunday.
(leuh supayrmarcheh ay fayrmeh
deema(n)ch.)
Mais la supérette au coin est ouverte.
But the mini-mart at the corner is open.
(may la supayrayt o kwu(n) ay toovayrt.)
Ils sont ouverts sept (7) jours sur sept (7).
They are open seven (7) days a week.
(eel so(n) oovayr set joor sur set.)
J'aimerais m'acheter quelques CD.
I would like to buy myself a few CDs.
(jaymray mashteh kaylkeu sehdeh.)
j'ai envie de
I feel like
(jay ah(n)vee deuh)
J'ai envie de me faire plaisir.
I feel like indulging myself.
(jay ah(n)vee deuh meuh fayr playzeer.)
tu as envie de
you feel like
(tu a ah(n)vee deuh)
Tu as envie de te faire plaisir ?
You feel like indulging yourself?
(tu a ah(n)vee deuh teuh fayr playzeer ?)
Tu as envie d'acheter quelques jeux vidéo
?
Do you feel like buying a few video games?
(tu a ah(n)vee dashteh kaylkeu jeuh veedeyo
?)
Oui, je vais faire les magasins !
Yes, I'm going shopping.
(wee, jeuh vay fayr lay magazuh(n) !)
elle se demande
she asks herself
(ayl seu deuhma(n)d)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
213
English
French
Marie se demande où aller faire les
magasins.
Marie asks herself where to go to do some
shopping.
(maree seuh deuhma(n)d oo aleh fayr lay
magazuh(n).)
Allez sur le boulevard Saint Michel, c'est
super !
Go on the Saint Michel boulevard, it's great!
(aleh sur leuh boolvar su(n) meeshel, say
supayr !)
Il y a des soldes là-bas ?
Are there sales there?
(eel ya day sold laba ?)
Yes, I believe so.
Oui, je crois.
(Yes, I believe.)
(wee, jeuh krwa.)
On va se faire plaisir !
We are going to indulge ourselves!
(o(n) va seuh fayr playseer !)
Tu verras, il y a plein de magasins de
musique.
You'll see, there are plenty of music stores.
(tu vehra, eel ya plu(n) deuh magazuh(n)
deuh muzeek.)
Et il y a un magasin de chaussures là-bas
?
And is there a shoe store there?
(eh eel ya u(n) magazuh(n) deuh shosur
laba?)
Il y a un centre commercial là-bas.
There is a mall there.
(eel ya u(n) sa(n)tr komersyal laba.)
Shall we go to the Monoprix?
On va au Monoprix ?
(We go to the Monoprix?)
(o(n) va o monopree ?)
Bonne idée ! J'ai besoin de maquillage.
Good idea! I need some makeup.
(bun eedeh ! jay beuhzwu(n) deuh
makeeyaj.)
Il y a des vêtements au Monoprix ?
Are there clothes at the Monoprix?
(eel ya day vaytmah(n) o monopree ?)
Oui, il y a plein de trucs !
Yes, there is plenty of stuff!
(wee, eel ya plu(n)d truk !)
Je vais faire quelques courses. Tu veux
venir ?
I'm going to run some errands. Would you like to
come?
(jeuh vay fayr kaylkeuh koors. tu veuh
veuhneer ?)
Tu vas où ?
Where are you going?
(tu va oo ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
214
English
French
Je vais à la banque et à la poste.
I'm going to the bank and the post office.
(jeuh vay a la ba(n)k eh a la pohst.)
Ah très bien, j'ai quelques lettres à poster.
Oh perfect, I have a few letters to mail.
(a tray beea(n), jay kaylkeuh laytr a posteh.)
Super, moi je veux envoyer un colis chez
mes parents.
Great, as for me, I want to send a package to my
parents.
(supayr, mwa jeuh va(n)vwayeh u(n) kolee
cheh may para(n).)
Qu'est-ce que tu vas faire à la banque ?
What are you going to do at the bank?
(kayskeuh tu va fayr a la ba(n)k ?)
Je dois aller prendre encore quelques
chèques de voyage.
I need to go pick up a few more traveler's checks.
(jeuh dwa aleh pra(n)dr a(n)kor kaylkeuh
chayk deuh vwayaj.)
Je vais faire quelques courses.
I'm going to run some errands.
(jeuh vay fayr kaylkeuh koors.)
Je sors faire quelques courses.
I'm going out to run some errands.
(jeuh sohr fayr kaylkeuh koors.)
Tu sors ? Tu vas où ?
You're going out? Where are you going?
(tu sohr ? tu va oo ?)
Je vais faire des courses. Tu veux venir ?
I'm going to run errands. Do you want to come?
(jeuh vay fayr day koors. tu veuh veuhneer ?)
Oui, bonne idée !
Yes, good idea!
(wee, bun eedeh !)
Je viens avec toi !
I am coming with you!
(jeuh vyu(n) avek twa !)
Je vais au supermarché.
I'm going to the supermarket.
(jeuh vay o supermarcheh.)
Je vais à la boulangerie.
I'm going to the bakery.
(jeuh vay a la boola(n)jree.)
Tu vas à l'épicerie ?
Are you going to the grocery store?
(tu va a lehpeesree ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
215
English
French
Non, je vais à la banque.
No, I'm going to the bank.
(no(n), jeuh vay a la ba(n)k.)
Il va au bureau de tabac.
He's going to the newsstand.
(eel va o buro deuh taba.)
Allons à la pharmacie.
Let's go to the pharmacy.
(alo(n) a la farmasee.)
Vous allez à la librairie ?
Are you going to the bookstore?
(voo zaleh a la leebrayree ?)
Je vais à la poste, j'ai quelques lettres à
poster.
I'm going to the post office, I have a few letters to
mail.
(jeuh vay a la pohst, jay kaylkeuh laytr a
posteh.)
J'ai un colis à poster.
I have a package to mail.
(jay u(n) kolee a posteh.)
Tu peux envoyer une lettre pour moi ?
Can you send a letter for me?
(tu peuh a(n)vwayeh une laytr poor mwa ?)
Moi, je veux envoyer un colis chez mes
parents.
As for me, I want to send a package to my
parents.
(mwa, jeuh veuh a(n)vwayeh u(n) kolee sheh
may para(n).)
Tu peux m'acheter deux timbres et quatre
enveloppes ?
Can you buy me two stamps and four envelopes?
(tu peu mashteh deuh tu(n)br eh katr
a(n)vlup ?)
Elle va au bureau de tabac acheter des
timbres.
She goes to the newsstand to buy stamps.
(ayl va o buro deuh taba ashteh day tu(n)br.)
Il y a une boîte aux lettres devant la
boulangerie.
There's a mailbox in front of the bakery.
(eel ya une bwatolaytr deuhva(n) la
boola(n)jree.)
Je vais au distributeur retirer de l'argent.
I'm going to the ATM to withdraw some money.
(jeuh vay o deestreebuteur reuhteerehd
larja(n).)
Je vais à la banque déposer de l'argent sur
mon compte.
I'm going to the bank to deposit some money on
my account.
(jeuh vay a la ba(n)k dehpozehd larja(n) sur
mo(n) ko(n)t.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
216
English
French
Je voudrais changer de l'argent.
I'd like to exchange some money.
(jeuh voodray sha(n)jeh deuh larja(n).)
Va au bureau de change.
Go to the currency exchange office.
(va o burod sha(n)j.)
Quel est le taux de change pour les dollars
?
What is the exchange rate for dollars?
(kaylay leuh tohd sha(n)j poor lay dolahr ?)
Pourquoi est-ce que tu dois aller à la
banque ?
Why do you have to go to the bank?
(poorkwa ayskeuh tu dwa aleh a la ba(n)k ?)
Parce que je veux prendre encore
quelques chèques de voyage.
Because I want to pick up a few more traveler's
checks.
(parse keuh jeuh veuh pra(n)dr a(n)kohr
kaylkeuh shayk deuh vwayaj.)
Pourquoi est-ce que tu dois aller à la
poste?
Why do you have to go to the post office?
(poorkwa ayskeuh tu dwa aleh a la pohst ?)
Because I want to send some letters to the United
States.
Parce que je veux envoyer quelques
lettres aux États-Unis.
Vous devez retirer de l'argent ?
Do you have to withdraw some money?
(voo deuhveh reuhteereh deuh larja(n) ?)
Oui, nous devons payer le loyer
aujourd'hui.
Yes, we have to pay the rent today.
(wee, noo deuhvo(n) pehyeh leuh lwayeh
ojoordwee.)
Et Isabelle ? Elle doit payer des factures
aujourd'hui ?
And Isabelle? She has to pay bills today?
(eh eezabayl ? ayl dwa pehyeh day faktur
ojoordwee ?)
Qu'est-ce que tu veux faire aujourd'hui ?
What do you want to do today?
(kayskeuh tu veuh fayr ojoordwee ?)
On pourrait aller à la plage ?
We could go to the beach?
(o(n) pooray aleh a la plaj ?)
Bonne idée ! Allons à la plage ! On va
pouvoir enfin bronzer.
Good idea! Let's go to the beach! We can get a
tan finally.
(bonn eedeh ! alo(n) a la plaj ! o(n) va
poovwar e(n)fu(n) bro(n)zeh.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
217
English
French
On y va à pied ?
Shall we walk there ?
(o(n) nee va a pyeh ?)
Oui, super ! On aura tellement chaud, on
sera prêts à sauter dans l'eau !
Yes, super! We will be so hot, we'll be ready to
jump in the water!
(wee, supayr ! on ora taylma(n) sho, o(n) sra
preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
Ah oui c'est sûr, il fait tellement chaud !
Ah, n'oublie pas la crème solaire.
Oh yes, that's for sure, it's so hot! Oh, don't forget
the sunscreen.
(a wee, say sur, eel fay taylma(n) sho ! a,
nooblee pa la kraym solayr.)
Je voudrais aller à la plage.
I would like to go to the beach.
(jeuh voodray aleh a la plaj.)
Tu voudrais aller à la plage ?
Would you like to go to the beach?
(tu voodray aleh a la plaj ?)
Yes, I would like to go for a swim!
Oui, je voudrais aller nager !
(Yes, I would like to go to swim!)
(wee, jeuh voodray aleh najeh !)
tu veux faire
you want to do
(tu veuh fayr)
On pourrait aller au cinéma ?
We could go to the movies.
(o(n) pooray aleh o seenehma ?)
Moi, je voudrais aller à la montagne.
Me, I would like to go to the mountains.
(mwa, jeuh voodray aleh ala mo(n)tanye.)
Je voudrais aller faire une randonnée dans
la montagne.
I would like to go for a hike in the mountains.
(jeuh voodray aleh fayr une ra(n)doneh da(n)
la mo(n)tanye.)
Une randonnée ? Pourquoi pas, allons-y !
A hike? Why not, let's go!
(une ra(n)doneh ? poorkwa pa, alo(n) zee !)
I would like to go to the mall.
J'aimerais aller au centre commercial.
(I would love to go to the mall.)
(jaymray aleh o sa(n)tr komehrsyal.)
Et ce soir, tu voudrais aller en boîte ?
And tonight, would you like to go to a nightclub?
(eh seuh swar, tu voodray aleh ah(n) bwat ?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
218
English
French
Oui, et au musée demain !
Yes, and to the museum tomorrow!
(wee, eh o muzeh deuhmu(n) !)
On y va.
We go there.
(o(n) nee va)
On y va à vélo ?
Shall we cycle there?
(o(n) nee va a vehlo ?)
Or by horse!
Ou à cheval !
(Or on horse!)
(oo ashval !)
Je voudrais y aller en voiture.
I would like to go there by car.
(jeuh voodray ee yaleh ah(n) vwatur.)
Je préférerais y aller en train !
I would rather go there by train!
(jeuh prehfayrray ee yaleh ah(n) tru(n) !)
Marc préférerait y aller en avion.
Marc would rather go there by plane.
(mark prehfayrray ee yaleh ahn avyo(n).)
Nous préférerions y aller en bus.
We would rather go there by bus.
(noo prehfayrryo(n) yaleh ah(n) bus.)
We will be so hot!
On aura tellement chaud !
(We will have so hot!)
(on ora taylma(n) sho !)
On sera prêts à sauter dans l'eau !
We will be ready to jump in the water!
(o(n) sra preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
I will be really hot!
J'aurai super chaud !
(I will have super hot!)
(joray supayr sho !)
Je serai prêt à sauter dans l'eau !
I will be ready to jump in the water!
(jeuh sray preh a soteh da(n) lo !)
Tu auras tellement froid !
You will be so cold!
(tu ora taylma(n) frwa !)
aller à la maison
to go home
(aleh ala mayzo(n))
Tu seras prête à aller à la maison !
You will be ready to go home!
(tu seuhra prayt a aleh ala mayzo(n) !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
219
English
French
Ah oui c'est sûr, il fait tellement chaud !
Oh yes, for sure, it's so hot!
(a wee, say sur, eel fay taylma(n) sho !)
Would you like to go for a swim?
Tu voudrais nager ?
(You would like to swim?)
(tu voodray najeh ?)
Oh, for sure, I would love to go swim!
Oh, c'est sûr, j'adorerais aller me baigner !
(Oh, for sure, I would love to go bathe myself!)
(o say sur, jadohrray alehm baynyeh !)
Oh oui, bonne idée, on va enfin bronzer !
Oh yes, good idea, we're going to tan finally!
(Oh yes, good idea, we go finally tan!)
(o wee, bun eedeh, o(n) va a(n)fu(n)
bro(n)zeh !)
It's so hot! What about having an aperitif?
Il fait tellement chaud ! On prend l'apéro ?
(It's so hot ! We take the aperitif?)
(eel fay taylma(n) sho ! o(n) pra(n) lapehro ?)
Super ! Et on pourra jouer à la pétanque !
Great! And we can play petanque!
(supayr ! eh o(n) poora jooeh ala pehta(n)k !)
Et les enfants pourront jouer dans le jardin
!
And the children will be able to play in the garden!
(eh lay za(n)fa(n) pooro(n) jooeh da(n) leuh
jardu(n) !)
N'oublie pas la crème solaire !
Don't forget the sunscreen!
(nooblee pa la kraym solayr !)
N'oublie pas les serviettes !
Don't forget the towels!
(nooblee pa lay sayrvyayt !)
N'oubliez pas les parasols !
Don't forget the beach umbrellas!
(noobleeyeh pa lay parasohl !)
Tu prends les serviettes, d'accord ?
You take the towels, ok?
(tu pra(n) lay sayrvyayt, dakor ?)
Oui, et toi, n'oublie pas la crème solaire !
Yes, and you, don't forget the sunscreen!
(wee, eh twa, nooblee pa la kraym solayr !)
Oh, et n'oublie pas ton maillot de bain !
Oh, and don't forget your bathing suit!
(o, eh nooblee pa to(n) mayo dbu(n))
Il est déjà dans mon sac !
It's already in my bag!
(eelay dehja da(n) mo(n) sak !)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
220
English
French
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter la ville
aujourd'hui.
I feel like visiting the city today.
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veeseeteh la veel
ojoordwee.)
Tu as envie de voir quelque chose en
particulier ?
Is there anything in particular you'd like to see?
(tu a anvee deuh vwar kaylkeuhshoz e(n)
parteekulyeh ?)
Tout ce que je ne devrais pas rater avant
de partir !
Everything I shouldn't miss before leaving!
(tooskeuh jeuhn deuhvray pa rateh ava(n)
deuh parteer !)
Ouh la la, rien que ça ? Bon, j'ai quelques
idées.
Wow, just that ? Ok, I have some ideas.
(oh la la, ryu(n)k sa ? bo(n), jay kaylkeuh
zeedeh.)
Ça te dit un musée ou un site historique ?
How about a museum or a historical site?
(sa teuh dee u(n) muzeh oo u(n) seet
eestoreek ?)
Ah oui, absolument ! Et après on pourrait
faire un endroit pas trop touristique.
Oh yes, definitely! And then we could go to a less
touristy place.
(a wee, absoluma(n) ! eh apray o(n) pooray
fayr un a(n)drwa pa tro tooreesteek.)
D'accord, je connais quelques endroits pas
mal du tout !
Ok, I know some pretty good places!
(dakor, jeuh konay kaylkeuh za(n)drwa pa
mal du too !)
Et si on allait voir la maison de Monet ?
What about going to see Monet's house?
(eh see o(n) alay vwar la mayzo(n) deuh
moneh ?)
Oui, pourquoi pas mais c'est un peu loin.
Sure, why not, but it's a little far.
(wee, poorkwa pa may sayt u(n) peuh
lwu(n).)
I feel like
J'ai bien envie de
(I kind of feel like)
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee deuh)
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter le village.
I feel like visiting the village.
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veezeeteh leuh
veelaj.)
(I kind of feel like going to visit the village.)
le quartier du Marais
the Marais neighborhood
(leuh kartyeh du maray)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
221
English
French
J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter le quartier du
Marais.
I feel like visiting the Marais neighborhood.
(jay beea(n) a(n)vee daleh veezeeteh leuh
kartyeh du maray.)
tu as envie de
you feel like
(tu a ah(n)vee deuh)
Oui, j'ai bien envie d'aller au Musée Rodin
aujourd'hui.
Yes, I feel like going to the Rodin Museum today.
(wee, jay beea(n) na(n)vee daleh o muzeh
rodu(n) ojoordwee.)
Moi, je préférerais visiter l'église SaintEustache.
Me, I would rather visit Saint-Eustache church.
(mwa, jeuh prehfayray veezeeteh lehgleez
su(n)teuhstash.)
tout ce que je devrais
everything that I should
(too seuh keuh jeuh deuhvray)
tout ce que je ne devrais pas
everything that I shouldn't
(too seuh keuh jeuhn deuhvray pa )
before leaving
avant de partir
(before of leaving)
(ava(n) deuh parteer)
Je veux tout acheter dans ce magasin
avant de partir !
I want to buy everything in this store before
leaving!
(jeuh veuh toot ashteh da(n) seuh
magazu(n) ava(n) deuh parteer !)
Je veux tout voir avant de partir !
I want to see everything before leaving!
(jeuh veuh too vwar ava(n) deuh parteer !)
Je veux tout goûter avant de manger !
I want to taste everything before eating!
(jeuh veuh too gooteh ava(n) deuh ma(n)jeh
!)
Je devrais manger tout ce que je veux !
I should eat everything that I want!
(jeuh deuhvray ma(n)jeh tooskeuh jeuh veuh
!)
Tu veux tout manger ? Ouh la la, rien que
ça ?
You want to eat everything? Wow, just that?
(tu veuh too ma(n)jeh ? oo la la, ryu(n) keuh
sa ?)
Tu devrais aller dans un bon restaurant.
You should go to a good restaurant.
(tu deuhvray aleh da(n) zu(n) bo(n)
rehstora(n).)
(You should go in a good restaurant.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
222
English
French
Oh oui, on devrait aller dans un bon
restaurant !
Oh yes, we should go to a good restaurant!
(o wee, o(n) deuhvray aleh da(n) zu(n) bo(n)
rehstora(n) !)
Bon, j'ai quelques idées.
Ok, I have some ideas.
(bo(n) jay kaylkeuh zeedeh.)
Would you like to go to a hip restaurant or a more
traditional one?
Tu voudrais aller dans un restaurant
branché ou un plus traditionnel ?
(Would you like to go in a hip restaurant or one
more traditional?)
(tu voodray aleh da(n) zu(n) rehstora(n)
bra(n)sheh oo u(n) plu tradeesyonayl ?)
Ça te dit la tour Eiffel ?
How about the Eiffel Tower?
(sa teuh dee la toor ayfayl ?)
Ça te dit l'Arc de Triomphe ?
How about the Arc de Triomphe?
(sa teuh dee lark deuh treeyo(n)f ?)
I feel like
j'ai bien envie de
(I kind of feel like)
(jay beea(n) e(n)vee deuh)
J'ai bien envie de visiter le musée du
Louvre.
I feel like visiting the Louvre museum.
(jay beea(n) e(n)vee deuh veezeeteh leuh
muzeh du loovr.)
Je préférerais aller voir le Château de
Versailles !
I'd rather go and see Versailles Palace!
(I would prefer go see the Castle of Versailles!)
(jeuh prehfayray aleh vwar leuh shatod
vehrsai !)
Très bonne idée ! Il fait beau, on pourra
profiter des jardins.
Very good idea! The weather is nice, we will be
able to enjoy the gardens.
(tray bun eedeh ! eel fay bo, o(n) poora
profeeteh day jardu(n).)
Ah oui, absolument ! Et après on pourrait
faire un endroit moins touristique.
Oh yes, definitely! And then we could go to a less
touristy place.
(a wee, absoluma(n) ! eh apray o(n) pooray
fayr un a(n)drwa mwu(n) tooreesteek.)
un endroit moins touristique
a less touristy place
(un a(n)drwa mwu(n) tooreesteek)
Ah oui, absolument ! On pourrait aller à la
campagne.
Oh yes, definitely! We could go to the countryside.
(a wee, absoluma(n) ! o(n) pooray aleh a la
ka(n)panye.)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
223
English
French
Bonne idée ! On pourrait aller voir les
Châteaux de la Loire.
Good idea ! We could go to the Castles of the
Loire valley.
(bun eedeh ! o(n) pooray aleh vwar lay shato
deuh la lwar.)
Oui, c'est moins touristique que le MontSaint-Michel !
Yes, it's less touristy than the Mont-Saint-Michel!
(wee, say mwu(n) tooreesteek keuh leuh
mo(n) su(n) meeshayl !)
Et c'est un endroit magnifique !
And it's a gorgeous place!
(eh sayt u(n) a(n)drwa manyeefeek !)
la maison de
the house of
(la mayzo(n) deuh)
Et si tu allais voir la maison de Monet ?
What about you going to see Monet's house?
(And if you were going to see the house of Monet?)
(eh see tu alay vwar la mayzo(n) deuh
moneh ?)
What about going to see the painter Monet's
house together?
Et si nous allions voir la maison du peintre
Monet ensemble ?
(And if we were going to see the house of the
painter Monet together?)
(eh see noo zalyo(n) vwar la mayzo(n) du
pu(n)tr moneh a(n)sa(n)bl ?)
Tu connais Victor Hugo, l'écrivain ?
You know Victor Hugo, the writer?
(tu konay veektor ugo, lehkreevu(n) ?)
Bien sûr ! Il est très célèbre !
Of course! He is very famous!
(beea(n) sur ! eel ay tray sehlaybr !)
Et si on allait visiter sa maison ?
What about going to visit his house?
(eh see on alay veezeeteh sa mayzo(n) ?)
Oui, pourquoi pas. Mais c'est un peu loin.
Yes, why not. But it's a little far away.
(wee, poorkwa pa. may sayt u(n) peuh
lwu(n).)
Et où est la maison de la chanteuse Edith
Piaf ?
And where is the house of the singer Edith Piaf?
(eh oo ay la mayzo(n) deuh la shanteuhz
ehdeet pyaf ?)
La maison est à Belleville je crois.
The house is in Belleville I think.
(la mayzo(n) ay ta baylveel jeuh krwa.)
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
224
Cultural Notes
A more affectionate way to talk to your grandfather is to call him papi!
Just like in English, in French we have "father" (père) and "dad" (papa) .
We often call our grandmother mamie (grandma).
Grandparents (les grand-parents) don't often live with the family in France. Most of the time they
retire in the countryside, when they can, or, only when they have to, they move to a retirement home.
Here again, we have "mother" (mère) or "mom" (maman).
Tata and Tatan are other names people call their aunts in France.
You'll also hear people call their uncle Tonton.
A word like "siblings" doesn't exist in French. If one, for example, has several brothers and sisters, he will
talk about his "brothers and sisters" (mes frères et sœ urs).
People always wonder how French women can be so slim with all the cheese, bread, and other patés they
eat every day! Well, it's probably because they walk so much and actually opt more often for a salad
than a cassoulet!
The most common pets found in France are cats and dogs, but also rabbits (although we eat them as
well, but not the pet variety!). For children, there are hamsters and cochons d'Inde (guinea pigs).
Moche is another slang word you will hear quite often, meaning "ugly".
The South of France is well-known for its cuisine, its singing accent, and its beautiful landscapes. Major
cities like Marseille, Toulouse, or Montpellier are worth a visit.
The North of France was not very popular before as it was a region with very high unemployment. But
things have changed, and cities like Lille are becoming increasingly popular with a growing student
population.
The eastern region of Alsace has a German flavor, due to the fact that it neighbors Germany. It
permeates many aspects of culture from the cuisine to the accent, and even its architecture!
L'Ouest de la France, or western France, includes vastly different regions such as Brittany, famous for
its crêpes and fishing industry, as well as the Basque country which borders Spain. It has its own
language, and even its own sport, jai alai, or pelote basque in French.
Although in English the difference between an order ("give me your coat") and a request or an offer
("please give me your coat") lies in the use of "please," in French it is not necessary. It's all in the
intonation and it is perfectly polite to just say "give me your coat" with a friendly tone.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
225
In Paris, people usually live in rather small apartments (compared to American standards!). But in other
cities in France or in the countryside, people can afford bigger apartments or a house. For example, a
one-bedroom in the center of Paris can cost 400,000 dollars, which could buy you a lovely four-bedroom
farmhouse in the countryside in Burgundy!
There are all sorts of homes in France: the little ones you find in the suburbs are called "pavillons" and
are usually one story, with a small plot of land in the back. In villages, people tend to have larger twostory homes with yards and often a small vegetable garden. In cities, you won't find many town homes,
but rather apartments, often without an elevator to get to upper levels, or with a very small one.
Don't be surprised if you go to someone's home and don't see a toilet in the bathroom! In France, we
often have two separate bathrooms: one small one, les toilettes, with a toilet and little sink, and a
larger salle de bain with a tub and large sink, but no toilet.
Contrary to Americans, French people tend to take more baths than showers. That's why you won't often
find a shower stall in French homes: people just sit down to bathe or shower in the tub.
Here's a bit of a cultural difference: in France, what Americans refer to as "the second floor" is actually
called "the first floor," or le premier étage! So remember that if someone mentions le premier
étage, it means you have to take the stairs or elevator to get to it!
Here's another little quirky fact: in France, the ground floor is not referred to as "the first floor" like in the
US. It is called the rez-de-chaussée (literally, "close to the ground"), then you go up the stairs to the
first floor, then the second floor and so on...
It's not uncommon for French people with a large house to have a wine cellar in their basement to keep
the wine bottles cool and away from too much light.
Le foot is short for "football" or what is called soccer on the other side of the Atlantic. In oral French, we
tend to abbreviate words a lot by dropping one or more syllables: le foot for "soccer", un imper
(imperméable) for "raincoat," and so on. Sometimes we add an "o" at the end: un apéro (un
apéritif) for "cocktail"--a drink before dinner.
Le boulot is slang for le travail (work) and is very commonly used in spoken French. A very well-known
idiom came about in the 80s: métro, boulot, dodo, "metro, work, sleep"--an idiom that encompassed
what the materialistic 80s were. Take the metro in the morning, go to work all day, then come back
home and sleep! It's similar to the English phrases "the daily grind" and "work work work." Some parts of
French culture aren't very different after all!
Soccer fans might already know what PSG means! As for the others, PSG is the big soccer team of
Paris (Paris Saint Germain). Another big one is the OM (Olympique de Marseille). As there is
always a bit of rivalry between Paris and Marseille, it can be quite heated when the two soccer teams
meet!
Être fan de or ne pas être fan de is colloquial French to say that we are crazy or not crazy about
something. Il n'est pas trop fan de foot is a polite yet colloquial way to say that he doesn't like
football.
Here is another example of an abbreviated word: la télé for la télévision.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
226
France has its lot of reality shows; many are just copied from American models (not from the best ones
unfortunately!). "Secret Story" is one reality show inspired by "Big Brother."
Chances are you won't feel too lost if you turn on the TV in France: most popular American series like
"Lost," "Desperate Housewives," or "CSI" (Les Experts in French) are also huge hits over there!
Although we do have some news channels like CNN that broadcast news all day (LCI is one of them),
French people are still faithful to the 1pm and especially the 8pm newscasts on the main channels: TF1,
France 2, and France 3. These newscasts, often referred to as le JT (short for Journal Télévisé), last
about 30 minutes and cover everything from international events and politics to French news and culture.
Le Bazar de l'Hôtel de Ville, or BHV, is one of the beautiful department stores on the rue de Rivoli
(a famous street that goes all the way from the heart of ancient Paris to the Louvre Museum and the
park le Jardin des Tuileries). The BHV is well known for its building supply store, but you can actually
find everything there, from books for children to the latest trendy dress!
In colloquial French, to say we are exhausted, we often say that we are "punctured" like a flat tire!
If you date in France, you'll notice a somewhat less formal approach to dating. A first date will often just
be seen as friends getting together for drinks or a movie, and it might actually be with a group of people
and not one-on-one! You'll find that both French men and women are also more forward, and say directly
that they like you or would like to go out with you. It can be perceived as a bit blunt at first, but really
makes it easier to know if you like each other!
So how do you meet people in France? Basically the same way you do in the US, and that includes online
dating as well! The French dating equivalent to Match.com or eHarmony is called meetic.fr and is
growing in popularity. You'll also find that more and more people are on Facebook.
In French, we commonly say "a glass," as in a glass of wine, of beer, etc., when we mean a drink.
Usually in France, when you go to eat or drink together, you just split the bill evenly between all the
guests. Men often, but not always, offer to pay for the ladies, especially if it's just the two of you.
Another expression to offer to go for a drink in spoken French is aller boire un pot (literally "to go drink
a jar"). You might hear it quite often!
Meeting places in France are quite like those in the US; most of the time people meet at friend's places
or at bars. Wine bars are a very good option for a date as well. But French people are not as official and
usually do not call it "a date." People just offer to go and have a drink alone or with friends.
Un copain (a male friend) or une copine (a female friend) are slang words for un ami and une
amie and are widely used in France.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
227
When talking about one's boyfriend or girlfriend, we actually say "my little friend": mon petit ami or ma
petite amie if it's a girl, although it has nothing to do with how tall they are! In spoken French we use
the slang term copain/copine as well: mon petit copain / ma petite copine. Try using this term
next!
Mon amour, mon cœ ur, and mon chéri are very common love terms. Then we have a whole range of
more familiar terms to refer to our loved one, most of them coming from the vocabulary of vegetables
(mon chou) or even animals! We are going to present the most common ones in this sequence. Enjoy!
Depending on the context, un rendez-vous can mean a date, a meeting, or an appointment.
Tartiflette is one of these delicious (and anti-diet!) French meals that you eat during winter. You now
have the recipe, if you feel like cooking French cuisine at home!
Quiche lorraine is a delicious pie that you should taste when you go to France. It is made of eggs,
cream, cheese, and bacon cubes. Simple and very tasty!
A salade niçoise is a specialty that comes from Nice on the Côte d'Azur. It usually contains tuna,
lettuce, tomatoes, olives, and eggs with a vinaigrette (oil and vinegar dressing). Another very popular
salad is a salade lyonnaise (named after the city of Lyon) which is made with a poached egg, croutons,
and bacon.
In France, we don't eat much bacon in long thin strips the way it's found in the US, but instead we often
use lardons in cooking. They are cubes of bacon resembling thicker and less crunchy bacon bits. They
can be bought pre-cut in cubes or as a big slice of lard that we cut up ourselves. You'll encounter them in
anything from quiches to salads or more elaborate dishes like coq au vin.
In France, like in most European countries--even Great Britain now!--we measure things with the metric
system in kilogrammes (kg), grammes (g), and centigrammes (cg), so be prepared to use them
when following a French recipe! One kilo is the equivalent of 2.2 lbs, and 1 gram equals 0.03 oz. In this
chapter, we will use the French metric system so you can get accustomed to it.
Reblochon is one of those delicious French cheeses we frequently use in cooking. It comes from the
Alps region of France and has a soft center.
You probably already know this, but remember that the temperature used in France is measured in
degrees Celsius, not Fahrenheit.
Dinner is the most important meal in France because it usually is the only meal that the whole family
eats together. It is also a meal you share with friends during the weekend, and it is quite common to start
it with an aperitif: a pastis (a typical aniseed-flavored drink from Marseilles) or a glass of wine.
Sometimes the aperitif can last for a while! Dinner tends to be eaten at a later hour in France, usually
around 9pm.
La charcuterie refers to a whole array of meat products, usually pork, that you will find served both in
people's homes and in restaurants as first course or appetizer. They range from salami and other types
of saucissons to hams like jambon de parme (prosciutto) and jambon blanc. There are also a few
daring ones like andouillette (tripe sausage) and boudin noir (blood sausage)!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
228
A typical aperitif includes some delicious dry sausage (saucisson) with some chips and cheese or raw
vegetables with dips. But some aperitifs can become quite elaborate.
Peanuts are mostly found in their plain or salted form in France and served in a little dish as part of the
apéritif. Peanut butter is still considered a typical American delicacy!
When dining in France, it is polite--and a sign that you enjoy the food--to finish everything on your plate.
We believe what we think in France! All joking aside, this is another idiomatic expression. Just like in
English, we tend to say "I think" at the end of our sentences: we say je crois (I believe) to mean that we
think, but are not sure, and je pense (I think) when we are still not entirely sure, but more so than with
je crois!
France is surrounded by four oceans and seas: l'Océan Atlantique, la Méditerranée, la Mer du
Nord, and La Manche (the English channel, literally "the sleeve"). However, you might notice in France
that people tend to refer to each sea generically as la mer.
No worries! France offers a wide range of landscapes! There is something for every taste: you can surf
(especially near Bordeaux in the South West) or just soak up the sun by a calm, blue sea like the
Mediterranean! You also have many mountain ranges: les Alpes (between France and Switzerland) and
les Pyrénées (between France and Spain) as well as all the rivers and lakes. In short, you can find
pretty much everything. What are you waiting for?
The summer months can be scorching hot in France, and they are more difficult to endure for young
children and elderly people due to the fact that most homes are not air conditioned.
Autumn in France can be gorgeous. It is crisp in the morning, often sunny during the day, and the foliage
takes on a beautiful reddish color. Sometimes during September and October, the weather is not only
beautiful but also hot: it's the Indian summer or l'été indien.
You will hear this type of phrase often during weather forecasts in France. Although French weather tends
to be less extreme than in the US, we do have our share of floods and storms. In 1999 especially, a
storm caused massive flooding and forest destruction.
No, no, no, France is not in a polar region! We just use a different system of measuring temperature:
Celsius degrees (or simply °C). To give you an idea, when it's 25°C it is actually 78°F. 0°C equals 32°F the freezing point of water. If you're in a pinch, a quick and rough conversion is to multiply the degrees
Celsius by 2, then add 32 to get an approximate Fahrenheit temperature.
When we speak about temperatures, we tend to drop the word degrés to say just the number. It's the
same thing we do in English!
Dogs, pigs, or ropes - we have a whole range of idiomatic expressions in French to talk about the
weather!
La météo is short for météorologie, the weather forecast. It is considered a rather familiar term, and
you'll find it in the newspapers or see it often on TV after the news.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
229
When visiting France, enjoy wandering through the market - a big part of life in every village, town, or big
city. There you will find fresh fruits and vegetables as well as local products. In villages, markets happen
once a week, generally on Sundays, but in bigger cities you can find one almost every day. If you are in
Paris, try the one on la rue Mouffetard. It's a very old market open every day except Mondays, on a
lovely little street in old Paris.
There are a lot of supermarket chains in France, from small ones like Franprix that we call supérette
(which means "little supermarket") to bigger ones like Carrefour or Auchan that are sometimes so big
we call them hypermarché.
You'll see that very often we tend to just say une boîte de thon (a box of tuna) instead of une boîte
de conserve de thon.
In France, you'll find milk sold in plastic bottles or in rectangular cartons called briques. It is often ultrapasteurized (we call that process UHT for short in French), which means you don't need to refrigerate it
until after opening, so it is usually not stocked near yogurts and cheeses the way it is in the US.
Unfortunately, this doesn't exist in France as far as shopping goes! Good to know the expression
nonetheless...
Supermarkets, like most shops, are closed on Sundays in France. Nonetheless, mini-marts are
sometimes open, especially in the big cities. You can also find little shops (épiceries) selling basic
products, which are quite convenient when you are out of milk on a Sunday! It is generally a bit more
expensive there.
Hmm, this is something that almost never happens in France either! Seven days a week or 24 hours a
day are concepts the French have not assimilated at all. In fact, a lot of stores still close for lunch
between noon and 2pm and most of the stores are closed on Sundays, as the French remain fond of
their day of rest!
One of the best places to find DVDs, CDs, and books is la FNAC. It is a great store dedicated to
everything cultural or educational, with products ranging from music, literature, films, photography, and
even concert tickets. There is at least one in every large city in France, and many in Paris.
The Saint Michel boulevard in Paris is a great place to go for a stroll. You'll pass in front of the
Luxembourg, a very nice park, and you'll find many shops to wander as well as cafés to sit down. A great
shop at the end of the boulevard, very near the river la Seine, is Gibert Joseph, a place to find cheap
books. With La Sorbonne University not too far away, it is also a student area and therefore full of
bookstores and music stores.
You won't find many US-style, indoor malls in France. There are some in large cities, like Les Halles, in
Paris, or La Part-Dieu in Lyon, but they are still rare otherwise. France's answer to malls still tends to be
rues piétonnes, pedestrian streets lined up with small boutiques, fast food restaurants, cafés, and
larger chain stores.
Monoprix is a great store where one can find quite a lot at reasonable prices. They are on every corner
and are a very convenient place to find nice things for the house or to indulge yourself (with clothes,
beauty products, etc.). Some of them even have full size supermarkets, so you can really get everything
in one stop!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
230
The most well-known French banks are, to name a few, BNP (Banque Nationale de Paris), Société
Générale or le Crédit Lyonnais. Their hours are generally from 10am to 5pm, and they are closed
during the weekend. The post office (la poste) acts as a bank as well (la Banque Postale) so if you
can't find a bank to take out some money, look for the yellow sign of the post office; most of the time
they also have an ATM!
Le bureau de tabac is a place where French people can buy their cigarettes (despite the high price of
cigarettes, the French are still big smokers!). It is similar to an American newsstand and there you can
find postcards, stamps, newspapers and magazines as well. You'll see that many have a carrot-shaped
red lighted sign with the word Tabac (tobacco). That is because in the old times tobacco leaves were
rolled in the shape of a carrot!
France doesn't have an equivalent for CVS and Walgreens. Prescriptions have to be bought in
pharmacies that sell mostly medication and a few hygiene products. You will also see parapharmacies:
they sell over the counter medication, beauty products, and hygiene products, but you cannot fill a
prescription there.
Librairie is a word that we call a faux ami, "false friend," because it sounds so close to an English word,
but means something different! Une librairie is in fact a bookstore, and the French word for "library" is
une bibliothèque. You will find hundreds of librairies in Paris alone, from large ones like GibertJoseph to charming little specialized ones.
The post office in France (La Poste), a yellow building, has very efficient service and has been
modernized a lot recently. You can go there to buy your stamps, post your packages, or mail your
letters. A lot has been automated, but there is always someone to help you in case of a problem. If
you're sending a letter within France, as of 2010, you'll need a standard 0.58 Euro stamp. If you are
sending it to another country, then the price will vary depending on where you're sending it and how
heavy it is.
The French take their stamps seriously! If you go to the post office's website (http://timbres.laposte.fr),
you'll see that in addition to the traditional Marianne stamps, the postal services constantly come up with
new stamps to commemorate different occasions, showcase the different regions of France, endangered
species, etc. Check them out for yourself or for your philatelist friends (that's a fancy term for a stamp
collector, by the way)!
Mailboxes are yellow boxes you can find nearly everywhere in the streets. Be careful to put your letter in
the right section: Paris-Banlieue for the letters to be sent to Paris and its suburbs (you'll see the postal
codes 75 for Paris then 76, 77, 78 and 91, 92, 93, and 94 which are the postal codes of the suburbs) or
Autres Départements-Etranger for the letters to be sent to other departments in France and/or
abroad.
You'll find many currency exchange offices in the cities in France, mainly in train stations and airports, as
well as touristy areas. If you can't find any, you can always go in a bank to ask for a bureau de
change. Sometimes banks offer this service as well.
The exchange rate fluctuates, but the Euro is still at this point stronger than the dollar, with roughly 0.75
Euro for 1 Dollar (in late 2010).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
231
American Express traveler's checks are the most widely accepted, although you will also find Thomas
Cook and Visa-issued ones. Most banks are able to deliver traveler's checks. They are a great and safe
way to use money abroad, with a guarantee to get reimbursed should they be stolen or lost.
If you are a beach fan, you can go either to the Atlantic coast with its miles of long beaches - and a
paradise for surfers, especially near Bordeaux - or to the Mediterranean coast with its crystal-clear blue
sea. Take your pick!
In France, many people love to go trekking and camping in the mountains for a few days. En route, one
also has the opportunity to sleep in the shelters scattered along the hiking paths.
Major French cities offer plenty of going-out opportunities, from quiet bars to large night clubs! We call
those boîtes de nuit, literally "night boxes," but you'll also hear people refer to them as clubs or
discothèques. Some popular ones in Paris are le Gibus for techno music or la Guinguette Pirate,
one of the more and more popular boat-clubs located on the river, in front of the National Library.
Certain French cities really do have it all! If you go to Nice, you'll be able to start your day at the beach,
spend the afternoon at the museum (the Musée Matisse and the Musée d'Art Moderne et d'Art
Contemporain are excellent) and then go clubbing at night!
Se baigner is one of the favorite leisure activities of French people during summer. The difference
between nager and se baigner is that the latter consists more of getting leisurely into the water and
playing around.
Do you recall this expression? We saw it earlier when talking about eating. Having a little drink at the end
of the day, before dinner, with friends or family is one of our favorite activities during summer!
La pétanque is a game similar to bocce ball which originated in the South of France and is now played a
bit everywhere in the country. It is particularly popular during summer since it's an outside activity. The
rules are fairly simple: you have to throw your metal ball as close as possible to a small wooden ball
called cochonnet.
In France you'll see the letters IP on sunscreen bottles, followed by the number 8, 30, 45, etc. It stands
for indice de protection, "protection index," and is exactly the same thing as SPF.
You've probably heard about French women going topless at the beach, but the practice is much less
common nowadays. While it's still perfectly legal to go topless, there is a definite trend among the
younger generation (more aware of the risks coming from sun exposure) to cover up a bit more at the
beach and wear a maillot deux pièces!
We've already mentioned this area of Paris, an old and trendy place to go wandering!
Le musée Rodin opened in 1919 and used to be the residence of the French sculptor Auguste Rodin
from 1908 to his death in 1917. He donated all his work as well as his private collection (which includes
some paintings from Monet, Van Gogh, and Renoir) to the State on the condition that they turn the
building into a museum. It is a splendid private hotel from the 18th century that is alone worth a visit, as
are its private gardens where you can see more of Rodin's sculptures exhibited.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
232
Notre-Dame de Paris is only one of many churches worth visiting in Paris. L'église Saint-Eustache
is another beautiful Gothic church in central Paris, dating back to the 16th century.
Rater is rather informal but used a lot in French. It is the equivalent of manquer, a more formal way to
translate "to miss."
France, including Paris of course, is full of museums, cathedrals and historical sites. The Eiffel Tower is
one of the emblems of the capital, but was supposed to be temporary! Constructed in less than two
years for the Universal Exposition of 1889, the "Iron Lady," (la Dame de Fer) as we like to call her,
escaped demolition thanks to her purpose in matters of telegraphy and her antenna.
L'Arc de Triomphe is another emblematic monument in Paris. Napoleon I was the one who ordered its
construction to celebrate the victories of the French army. It then hosted the grave of Napoleon I before
he was moved to the Invalides. Since 1921, the Unknown Soldier (le Soldat Inconnu) is housed there
and a flame in his memory is lit every day at 6:30 pm.
Who hasn't heard of the Louvre? Constructed in 1200 AD by King Philippe Auguste, it used to be the
royal residence until Louis XIV settled at the Palace of Versailles in 1682. It was during the French
Revolution that it was decided the Louvre should be a museum, and it opened its doors to the public as
such in 1793.
Versailles Palace, known as le Château de Versailles, situated just on the outskirts of Paris, is famous
for its splendid castle and gardens. A symbol of absolute monarchy, the castle housed the royal court
from 1682 until 1789, when Louis XVI and Marie-Antoinette were forced to move to Paris because of the
French Revolution that would ultimately end the monarchist regime.
If you want to visit some historical sites and enjoy the countryside at the same time, then the Castles in
the Loire valley are for you! Built between the 10th and the 16th centuries, these castles are scattered in
a beautiful region that the Loire river passes through (you can rent a boat and wander on the river as
well). The kings of France chose this site to construct their huge castles: a strategic place as it is not too
far away from Paris but removed enough to enjoy a countryside life.
Yes, the Mont-Saint-Michel is very touristy, but is it worth a visit? Absolutely! Situated on a rocky island
in Normandy, it is famous for its exquisite abbey and monastery. It is also located in an area with quick
rising tides. At low tide, the water recedes and one can walk across the sand to the island. The region is
also famous for its well-flavored meat that results from the iodine-charged diet of the sheep. We call it
pré-salé (literally, "salty pasture"), a tasty salty meat!
Claude Monet was the founder of the French impressionist movement at the end of the 19th century. He
is one of the most famous painters from this period and much of his work is displayed at the Musée
D'Orsay. In his forties, he moved to a house in Giverny with his family, and as he became prosperous
was able to buy it as well as the land surrounding it. He built a studio and a greenhouse where he could
paint his own gardens. It is now open to the public, so don't miss the opportunity.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
233
Victor Hugo, author of Les Misérables and The Hunchback of Notre Dame, is one of the most famous
French writers. Poet, essayist, novelist, statesman, and human rights activist, he was a leading figure in
the 19th century literature movement. His house is located on the beautiful Place des Vosges in le
Marais and is definitely worth a visit!
Chances are that you have heard of Edith Piaf and her unforgettable song La Vie en rose! From her
chaotic childhood, partly spent in a brothel ran by her grandmother, to her affair with a famous married
boxer, Edith Piaf's life has been as fascinating as her singing career. While the style of music that she
sings is no longer popular among new generations, she remains a popular icon to this day.
Belleville is a lively working-class neighborhood of Paris famous for its artists and for its very diverse
population, due to many waves of immigration, first from Poland and Greece in the 1920s, then North
Africa, and more recently Africa and Asia. It is the home of one of Paris's Chinatowns, and also boasts a
cheap and cosmopolitan street market on Tuesdays and Fridays.
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
234
Grammar Notes
Remember that c'est means both "it is" and "that/this is."
Remember cette? It is the feminine form of ce, a demonstrative pronoun (or a "pointing word") that can
be translated by "this" or "that."
Qui, quoi, où, and quand are interrogative pronouns we use to ask questions. You might know these
as "wh-words" in English (who, what, where, when, etc.).
Ça, when put at the beginning of a sentence, strengthens what follows. In English, intonation provides
the emphasis, but often in French we have to double the subject, as in Ça c'est vrai ! which literally
would be translated as "That, it is true!" We use that construction to express surprise, indignation,
approbation, or any other feeling we want to assert strongly.
Remember that "my" can be translated by mon (in front of a masculine noun), ma (in front of feminine)
and mes (in front of plural).
The topics and conversations in this Unit are more personable and friendly so that as your knowledge of
French grows, so will your relationships and interactions! As you become more familiar with your fellow
French speakers, you'll want to start using the informal way of addressing them: the tu form of verbs,
possessive adjectives, and pronouns. For the rest of this Unit, assume that you will be using these
informal forms, unless we tell you otherwise.
T'as vu is actually short for tu as vu. In spoken French, the subject and the verb, if it begins with a
vowel, often merge into one word like here. You will often hear as well J'sais pas (often pronounced
"chai pas") for Je ne sais pas (I don't know).
Be careful! In the feminine, gentil becomes gentille. And train yourself not to pronounce the final "l" at
all in the masculine and to pronounce the double "l" as "y" (like in "eye") in the feminine!
You'll often hear young people say vachement. It has nothing to do with cows (vaches)! It's a very
common slang word that has the same meaning as très (really).
Que is a relative pronoun. It links two sentences into one. For example, here we could have the
sentence "I'm sure" (je suis sûr) and the other sentence "he's strong" (il est fort). These are linked by
"that": "I'm sure that he's strong" (je suis sûr qu'il est fort). We use this construction a lot in French,
as in "I'm sure that..." (je suis sûr que) or "I know that..." (je sais que).
Just like "my" could be translated by mon / ma / mes depending on the word that follows, "his" or "her"
is translated by son / sa / ses. We would then say sa sœ ur (his/her sister), son frère (his/her
brother), or ses frères (his/her brothers).
The feminine form of grand is grande. And be careful with the pronunciation as well.
When the adjective already ends with an -e in the masculine form, we don't add an -e to the feminine
form.
See how here "too" is translated by trop? When "too" is used in the sense of "too much" we use trop in
French. When it means "as well, also" it is translated by aussi. For example, Elle est trop maigre
(She is too skinny) and Elle est maigre aussi (She is skinny too).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
235
And here's another possessive! "Their" is translated by leur or leurs (pronunciation is the same). Lucky
you, here there's only one form for singular (both masculine and feminine) and one for plural.
In French, words ending with -al have their plural form with -aux. Like un cheval / des chevaux ("a
horse"/"horses") or un animal / des animaux ("an animal"/ "animals").
Notice how in French, c'est becomes ce sont when followed by a plural noun. Here, as it is several
horses we are talking about, we say ce sont leurs chevaux. C'est and ce sont are what we call
impersonal expressions just like "it is"/"there is"/"there are" or "this/that is."
In French, we don't have an equivalent for "it." When referring to objects or pets we use "he" or "she" (il /
elle). Now you may be wondering when to use c'est and when to use il est. Just remember that c'est
is used to present or introduce someone (C'est mon grand-père), when describing a situation (C'est
mercredi), or with a stressed pronoun (C'est moi or C'est le mien). Il est is mostly used when
describing a person, or in this case a pet.
Just like in English, super is used to emphasize something. It is used a lot in spoken French, but as it is a
bit colloquial, we don't use it in writing.
"Fat" is an exception in French: we double the "s" and add an "e" when it describes something or
someone feminine. So we get un gros chien / une grosse araignée.
Have you noticed? We said la mienne for "mine" here. That's because "spider" is feminine in French.
When referring to a feminine word, "mine" becomes la mienne, "yours" becomes la tienne, and "his" or
"hers" becomes la sienne. Notice that it doesn’t matter who is speaking; "mine" always agrees with what
it refers to or replaces.
Mignonne is the feminine form of mignon.
In French, we have three ways to ask a question. The first one is only for spoken French, with the
intonation going up: Vous habitez où ? (Where do you live?). The second one can be done only with a
wh-question word and inverting the subject-verb word order: Où habitez-vous ? (Where do you live?).
Finally, to form a yes/no question, you put est-ce que in front of the verb: Est-ce que tu habites à
Paris ? (Do you live in Paris?). In this chapter, we will see the one with wh-question words and inversion.
We have already learned the forms of the possessive “my,” "his/hers," and "their"; now we will learn to
say “your.” The masculine, feminine, and plural forms are, respectively, ton, ta, and tes. Remember,
the form agrees with the word that comes after it!
See how "I love" becomes j'adore in French and not je adore? That's because it would sound a bit
strange and be difficult to pronounce, so every time the pronoun je is in front of a vowel, we take off the e and replace it with an apostrophe. So "I have," for example, will become j'ai (and not je ai).
Beware: most adjectives in French follow the noun they modify and do not go before it like in English! So
we say la lampe rouge (the red lamp).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
236
Color adjectives work like any other adjective. They will take an extra -e in the feminine form and the final
consonant will be pronounced (vert / verte) and if it has an -e at the end already we don't change
anything (rouge / rouge). The plural is easy too: just add an "s" to all of them, except marron and
orange, which stay the same since they are also proper nouns (our brown is really "chestnut"!).
"White" is an exception and changes in the feminine form: blanc (masculine) / blanche (feminine).
Here "blue" takes an -e because it's feminine, but phonetically it doesn't change anything: bleu / bleue.
Oops! French is full of irregularities (to the great pleasure of its students!). Here, as you noticed, "small"
goes in front of the noun. Certain adjectives are placed before the noun, some of which you can
memorize with the acronym "BAGS": Beauty - Age - Good & bad - Size. We'll see in other lessons how
the position can change the meaning as well.
Sur and dans are examples of what we call prepositions of place, which are used to locate something.
We are going to see more in this lesson.
Petite and vieux (masculine) / vieille (feminine) are BAGS adjectives (Size and Age, respectively) and
go in front of the noun.
In French, "behind" (derrière) can be used alone without needing to specify what it is behind. We could
translate this usage of it as "in the back." Try here with this sentence.
Joli is another BAGS adjective (Beauty).
Here is a new verb mood in French, the imperative (l'impératif), which we saw very briefly in the
previous unit. We use the imperative to give an order, make a request, express a desire, but also to offer
advice or recommend something. It only has three forms: tu, nous, and vous, and most of the
conjugations are the same as the present tense; the only difference is that the subject pronoun is not
used in the imperative: tu donnes / donne !; vous donnez / donnez !; nous donnons / donnons !
Do you remember? In addition to formally addressing one person, vous is also used to speak to more
than one person regardless of the formality - just like in the sentence that is coming up now.
As you can see, we use the present tense of the verb without the subject to form the imperative.
Another difference, only evident in written French, is that the "you" singular form (tu) doesn't take an -s
at the end: entre (come in).
Although both types of bathrooms can be found inside a home, let's practice the term salle de bain for
the rest of this chapter.
Oops - did you use de after à gauche? Just like in English, you only need to use de when you're saying
where it is in relation to something else: compare "to the left" (à gauche) with "to the left of" something
(à gauche de).
Remember in Unit One, we saw sentences like "I owe you" (je vous dois) or "you help me" (vous
m'aidez) where we talked about object pronouns (those receiving the action) going before the verb in
French? Well, here is another example: "I make you" will become "I you make" in French. Try it!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
237
There are many expressions in French with the verb faire. A lot of them deal with the household, like
faire le ménage (to clean the house) or faire la cuisine (to cook). It is also used with sports or
leisure activities: faire du ski (to go skiing) or faire du vélo (to go cycling). As you can see, even
though faire literally means "to do" or "to make," it often does not translate as such!
Remember that au is a contraction of à plus le. We saw this preposition in an earlier chapter, where it
meant "to the" (as in, "I'm going to the supermarket") but it can be translated by a variety of English
prepositions, including "on the," "in the," and "at". Don't worry; you'll usually know what it means by the
context of the sentence!
Be careful, in French, we "are" not lucky (or hungry or thirsty or tired) but instead we "have" all these
things. For these expressions we use the verb "to have" instead of "to be" like in English: J'ai de la
chance (I'm lucky), j'ai faim (I'm hungry), j'ai soif (I'm thirsty) or j'ai sommeil (I'm sleepy).
In French, we go "in" the rooms and not "to" the rooms! So "to go to the bedroom" is actually "to go in
the bedroom" (aller dans la chambre).
Chez is a little French preposition that is very useful! It can mean "to the house of": je vais chez moi
(I'm going to my house) or "at/to the office/store of": je vais chez le dentiste (I'm going to the dentist).
Do you recall that grand can also mean "tall" when describing a person?
Another thing we do a lot when speaking is to not use the negation ne...pas as a whole and drop the
ne. So, ils ne vont pas regarder becomes ils vont pas regarder. Je ne sais pas (I don't know)
becomes je sais pas. Although we drop the ne, we never drop the pas!
We already saw in Unit 1 the near future with "I'm going to eat" (je vais manger). As we mentioned, the
near future in French is very similar to English: we use a form of the verb "to go" (aller) and then the
verb. The only difference is, as the "-ing" form doesn't exist in French, we just say "I go eat" (je vais
manger). Here we use it with another form of the verb "to go": "they go watch" (ils vont regarder).
You might have noticed it before, but in French we put articles...well, nearly everywhere! Singular or
plural - articles are mandatory! Whereas in English we just say "soccer," we say LE football in French.
It's the same for the plural: English doesn't need an article (e.g., "I eat apples"), but in French, there's no
choice - we have to put one: Je mange des pommes.
Did you notice the pronunciation of the French letters in PSG? Some letters in the alphabet sound
exactly the same as their English counterparts, but many are a little bit different. Letters like b, d, and p
are all rather easy once you repeat the alphabet a few times, but g and j are always a source of
confusion for beginners. They sound just the opposite of how English speakers say the letters!
C'est is used in French in so many ways that we can't translate it with only one form in English. As we
saw previously, it's a form that we use to present someone, C'est Marie (It's Mary), or to stress
information, Ça, c'est mon père (That is my father). It is also used with nouns modified by an article or
adjective:C'est une bonne idée ! (It's a good idea!), C'est un fan de foot ! (He's a soccer fan!).
Here, we used the construction Il est fan de... without the un/une.
Remember how to say "this" or "that" in front of a feminine word in French? Try it here then!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
238
This verb phrase is conjugated in a past tense that we use a lot in French when talking about actions or
events in the past, le passé composé. If you're familiar with grammar, you'll notice it is constructed a
bit like the present perfect in English. It contains the auxiliary "to have" plus the main verb in its past
participle form. The past participle form of all the -er verbs ends in -é: trouver-trouvé /
manger-mangé. So for example you'll find: il a mangé ( "he ate" or "he has eaten").
Did you remember? We've seen before that when de is placed in front of le it contracts to become du
(so we don't say de le travail but du travail) and when it is in front of les it becomes des. But in front
of the feminine la it doesn't change.
Aha! And did you remember this one? À followed by le becomes au, and à followed by les becomes
aux. So we say au service, and we would say aux services if it were plural (here only the spelling
changes, not the pronunciation). But again, following the same logic as de, when it is in front of a
feminine word it doesn't contract.
You must wonder why we once again translated this verb as "to know" in English. That's because French
has two verbs that mean "to know": savoir and connaître. Savoir is used when you know a fact or
when you know how to do something: Je sais où il est (I know where he is) or Je sais lire (I know how to
read). Connaître is used when you know a person or when you are familiar with a person or a thing: Tu
connais Pierre? (You know Pierre?).
Here the verb has a past participle in "-u": perdre-perdu. It is the case for a lot of verbs ending in "-re":
entendre (to hear) becomes entendu; attendre (to wait) becomes attendu; répondre (to answer)
becomes répondu, etc.
Don't confuse bein with bien, which look almost identical and have the same translation. Bein is simply
an interjection meaning "Well..." or "Uh..." whereas bien is the adverb that directly corresponds to "well"
in most other cases.
Oops! When talking about professions in French, we don't add "a" or "an" in front of it. We simply say the
noun: Il est journaliste.
Professeur (teacher) is also often abbreviated to prof: un prof de français (a teacher of French).
And here comes another commonly used abbreviated form. Ciné for "movies" is short for cinéma.
Remember that we saw passer before? It's one of many French verbs that has different meanings.
Here it means "to pass," but it can also mean "to spend," as in "spend a quiet evening at home." French
is full of these idiomatic expressions!
Le is what we call a direct object pronoun--a pronoun that we use to avoid repetition when talking about
people or things. In the following chapters we are going to see more of these.
S'asseoir is a reflexive verb and could be translated as "to sit oneself down." With these verbs, the
pronoun always has to agree with its subject because the action is done to the subject itself. When we
use it in a two-verb construction, where the first one is conjugated and the second one stays infinitive,
the pronoun still agrees with its subject (although the reflexive verb is not conjugated). English is a bit
similar: "Can I wash myself?" (not "oneself") is Je peux me laver ?
Got it? It does need a bit of practice to get used to it. Last but not least, here are the reflexive
pronouns: me/m', te/t', se/s', nous, vous, and se/s'. In the next line you'll have to use the same twoverb construction but with the subject tu. So which pronoun will you use, knowing that the verb begins
with a vowel?
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
239
As you can see, word order differs a bit from English to French. In French, adverbs are, most of the time,
placed directly after the verb: Je mange souvent au restaurant (I often eat at the restaurant) or after
the complement (often found at the end of the sentence): Je vais à Paris demain (I'm going to Paris
tomorrow). But beware, contrary to English it is never placed between the subject and the verb.
The little t' here is the direct object te (you). Direct objects are used when referring to people or things
and answer the questions "who?" or "what?" Notice that in French it is placed before the verb. It
contracts into t' because it comes before a vowel.
As we've seen previously, the position of adverbs in French is slightly different and can be either after the
verb or at the end of a sentence. Things become a bit tricky when the verb is composed of two
elements, as it is here: avoir vu. In that case the adverb is squeezed in between the two: avoir déjà
vu. So for example, if we have the sentence: j'ai mangé (I have eaten) and want to use the adverb
déjà it will go in between: J'ai déjà mangé (I have already eaten).
Oops, did you say ma amie? Well, logically you would be right as "friend" here is feminine, but when the
feminine possessive adjectives ma, ta, or sa appear in front of a word beginning with a vowel, they are
changed to the masculine form for pronunciation purposes (try to say ma amie--not that easy, right?).
So, we say mon amie, ton erreur, and son actrice. All are feminine words, but since they begin with
a vowel, we use the masculine possessive adjectives.
Remember where we place the direct object pronouns in French? Here is another example.
Remember the abbreviations we saw earlier? Try to use the one for "teacher" coming up next.
Ma poule or poupoule are both used as terms of affection in a relationship or between close friends.
You can also hear (but more as a joke!) mon poulet (my chicken) when talking to a man.
Remember how earlier we saw that the French often merge the subject and verb into one word when they
speak? Here we have the example of tu as becoming t'as.
Here again we are going to use the informal spoken form that merges the subject and the verb. We
usually do that with the subject tu and sometimes je, but not with the other subject pronouns. Try it
here with tu.
Here "in love" is translated using an adjective. Therefore we have both a masculine and a feminine form.
Did you use tu here? Remember that it's used only when "you" is the subject of a sentence. When it is
the object, we use toi.
Did you notice the te here? Se revoir is what we call a reciprocal verb, which means that two or more
subjects are acting on one another. We usually translate it in English by "each other." Se revoir would
be "to see each other again," or se rencontrer (to meet each other). They usually are not translated by
reciprocal verbs in English, but in French we use the reflexive pronouns with them, as we saw previously.
Remember what we talked about at the beginning of the lesson? Here is another example of a two-verb
construction.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
240
Here is a tricky one. In French, "I miss you" is literally translated as "you are missed (by) me" (tu me
manques). The subject in English is the object in French. So how would you say "You miss me"? Well,
you take the object in English - "me" - and put it as the subject in French: Je (I). Then what is the subject
in English ("you," this time) is the object in French (remember it goes before the verb). This is te, and
then the verb comes next so it would be: Je te manque.
We saw quite a few times that verbs ending in "-er" follow the same pattern. Here are the endings: Je
takes "-e"; tu takes "-es"; il and elle take "-e"; nous uses "-ons"; vous takes "-ez"; and ils and elles
take "-ent." Easy! All you have to do is to take off "-er" from the end of the verb and replace it with the
ending corresponding to the subject. From now on, when we present you a verb ending in "-er," it will be
your turn to try to conjugate it. Good luck!
"To cook" can be translated in French as "I prepare" or "I cook" something. Try the latter here and
remember that whenever you have a verb ending with "-er" you'll have to figure out the conjugation of
the verb as well!
Here is another direct object pronoun that you encountered already before: me or "me." Remember to
put it before the verb!
Most of the time when we speak we use the on form for "we" (and not nous). Try it here!
Did you think to put an "s" at the end of quels here? Remember that it agrees in gender and number
with the noun it goes with, so you get Quelle heure est-il ? (What time is it?) because heure is singular
and feminine, Quelles recettes tu aimes ? (What recipes do you like?) since recettes is feminine and
plural, and here quels because ingrédients is masculine and plural.
When talking about a recipe or when reading a recipe, you will often hear or see the construction "to
make do something" (faire faire quelque chose) like here, where you "make brown" the onion (faire
dorer l'oignon).
Remember the imperative form we saw earlier? Here is another chance to use it. When reading recipes
in French, you'll see they use the imperative form with vous (you, polite form) a lot.
The partitive articles are used quite a lot when talking about food, as they are here to help us talk about
an unknown quantity (of food or drinks for example). They correspond to "some" or "any" in English. We
have four different articles in French which we've seen before: du in front of a masculine word, de la in
front of a feminine word, de l' goes in front of any word beginning with a vowel, and finally the plural
form, des. So, what would go in front of "milk"?
Remember this little spelling quirk? When a number in the hundreds is round, it takes an "s" at the end,
like deux cents (200), quatre cents (400), or neuf cents (900). But when the number isn't round
(like 350), it does not take an "s."
In French, we have two ways to translate "we": nous and on. On is a bit more informal but used a lot in
spoken French. The trick is that although it means "we," grammatically we use the singular form of the
verb, or the il/elle form! So for example to say "we eat," we would say on mange with the il/elle form
of the verb.
Did you notice? Here the verb has a regular "-er" ending, so it follows the normal conjugation, but the
spelling and pronunciation of the stem are slightly changed. This happens with some verbs when they're
conjugated in certain ways. We will come across more of these as the lessons progress!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
241
Remember that in a negative sentence, the article of the noun object (singular or plural) disappears and
is replaced with de. The expression pas de usually means "any" or "not."
As you saw a few lines earlier, to say you like something, you use the expression j'aime bien. If one
uses only j'aime without bien, its meaning is a bit stronger, meaning it is something that you really like!
But, in the negative form, we always drop the bien to use the verb in its simple form: je n'aime pas.
Oops, did you remember? Whether addressing a group or one person formally, we use the vous form.
Here's a phrase you probably already knew! We usually wish everyone a "good appetite" (bon appétit)
before eating.
Here is another idiomatic expression in French: ça te dit means "do you feel like..?" Although we use
the verb dire it has nothing to do with its meaning "to say." Think of it as being similar to something
"speaking to you" in English, like in the phrase, "This book really spoke to me!"
Notice that here the pronoun te means "to you." It is part of the group of indirect object pronouns
(indirect because its meaning includes a preposition, as in "to you": à toi). Ça te dit literally means ça
dit à toi.
So, here we will talk to a group and use the vous form. Luckily vous as a subject or as an object
pronoun stays the same! And remember the object pronouns always go before the verb. Try it here.
Did you notice the similarity of courir to English "courier"? That’s right, they share a Latin origin! It may
help you remember this word.
Now let's learn the form for a third person, male or female. In that case, for both "him" and "her" we will
use the indirect pronoun lui. Try it in the following sentence.
Oops, we let you figure out these alone! Well, we already saw the object pronoun me (it is the same
whether it is direct or indirect). The pronoun nous is actually the same as the subject pronoun! Was it
difficult? Don't worry, with some practice it will become easier.
Remember the song that says "Wake me up before you go-go" from the 1980s? You'll get the impression
of talking like George Michael here. Indeed, in French "to go for a walk" is translated by se promener,
which doesn't have the verb "to go" in it, even though that's how we say it in English. In this case, since
we are offering to "go do something," you'll have to say "to go-go for a walk"!
You can see that we often learn the verbs with their preposition, if they have one, just like in English. It is
useful to learn it with its preposition: first for the meaning, and second to know which object pronoun you
will use. So for example here, with parler à quelqu'un (to talk to someone), you know you'll have to
use indirect object pronouns. But let's say you have the verb "to offer something" (offrir quelque
chose). No preposition here, so you'll use a direct object pronoun.
Did you notice? Y, like most of the adverbs, goes after the main verb.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
242
As you might have guessed, this is another idiomatic expression that can't be translated word for word.
When talking about the weather, we use il fait followed by an adjective (here, beau) to say that the
weather is beautiful. In the following lines, we are going to see other weather expressions that follow the
same pattern.
Talking about cities in French is quite simple; we always use the preposition à. So whether you are going
to Paris, or you are in Paris, we always say à Paris!
So, as you saw, when we talk about whether the weather is hot or cold, nice or bad, we use the
expression il fait plus an adjective. When we want to add details - that it's sunny, windy, or cloudy, for
instance - we use a different expression in French: il y a and then a partitive article (du, de la, de l')
and then the noun. Let's practice!
Last but not least, there are two expressions that follow another pattern: "it rains" (il pleut) and "it
snows" (il neige).
Now we've seen all four seasons: l'automne, l'hiver, le printemps, and l'été. Notice that all start with
l' except printemps because it starts with a consonant. To say "in winter," "in summer," or "in fall," we
say en hiver, en été, or en automne, but here again spring is different from the others. To say "in
spring" we say au printemps, with au not en.
See how we used aux here? Attention is always followed by à (like "be careful of"). So, it becomes au,
as in Attention au chien ! (Careful with the dog!) when followed by a masculine and singular noun. It is
à la like in Attention à la pluie (Careful with the rain) when followed by something feminine and
singular. Here orages is plural, so we use aux.
You have been introduced to y previously in the chapter. It is used here in this lesson as an equivalent of
"there." Normally, it is placed before the verb, as in Tu y vas? (Are you going there?). But beware: in
the imperative form it goes after the verb: Allons-y! (Let's go there!).
Notice that in English the use of "that" in this type of phrase is optional - but not in French! When you talk
about what someone said, you'll use the expression dire que, and you always use que (that).
Did you spot the difference? Here, we say les courses (and not des courses). These two expressions
are different: faire les courses refers specifically to going grocery shopping at the supermarket, while
faire des courses is more general. It can include grocery shopping, but it can also mean to go
shopping in a shoe store, or even to go pay the bills. In English, faire des courses could also be
translated as "to run some errands."
We've already seen that "to need" is literally "to have need of" in French, avoir besoin de. When talking
about more than one thing we need, we have to repeat de (of). So here, this sentence would literally be
in English, "I'm in need of shampoo and of several other things for the house."
Quelque literally means "some." As it is an adjective, it agrees in number with the noun that follows,
and we have to add an "-s" if what follows is plural.
Truc is rather familiar, and it is very much used in spoken French. Its meaning is quite general, and it
can mean "thing" or "stuff."
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
243
Although nowadays rice nearly always comes in boxes, we continue to say "a pack of rice."
Did you notice the word order here? À quelle heure is an interrogative phrase, and according to the
rule in French, we invert the word order and put the verb before the subject (à quelle heure ferme le
supermarché?). Now, in spoken French, you will quite often hear that we don't do that and that we add
a subject: à quelle heure il ferme le supermarché? (literally, "What time does it close the
supermarket?") or just à quelle heure il ferme? (What time does it close?).
Remember how to say the time in French? Just a quick reminder: we tell the time using a clock from 0 to
24 or from 0 to 12. For "A.M." we say du matin and "P.M.," de l'après-midi if it's in the afternoon, or
du soir if it's in the evening. And remember, we always say "hour" after the number: il est 9 heures
("it's nine hours" or "it's nine o'clock").
As you just saw, to talk about something that happens every Sunday (or Monday or Tuesday, etc.), we
added "the" in front (le dimanche). On the other hand, if we are talking only about this Sunday we will
just say "Sunday" without any article in front. It's easy. Try it!
Note that in French we have two different ways to say "I would like." They are very similar and can be
used either way. Je voudrais comes from the verb vouloir (to want); the other one - j'aimerais comes from the verb aimer (to like, to love) and is therefore more similar to its English translation.
Generally, we tend to use je voudrais to say what we would like to order in a café for example, and
j'aimerais to express a wish or a desire.
S'acheter is what we call a reflexive verb, which implies that the subject is performing the action upon
itself. With reflexive verbs, we use the same pronouns as in the case of reciprocal verbs. Try it here, and
remember...where does the pronoun go?
Did you notice? CD and DVD do not take an "-s" in the plural in French.
Here is another expression for going shopping, but it is specifically for going shopping for oneself (not for
groceries for the house, for example). We use it when we plan to go to buy clothes, shoes, etc.
Given that the words "great," "super," "awesome," etc., are used interchangeably depending on the mood
of the speaker, words like super and chouette can be translated in a variety of ways as well. In the next
sentence, use the word super to mean "great" this time, but remember you can mix these up however
you want!
Plein de (plenty of) is another (and slightly more familiar) way to say beaucoup de (a lot of).
Remember the expression faire des courses? We saw it in the previous chapter as "to go shopping"
and as we mentioned before, it is also commonly used as "to run some errands." We often use it with
quelques, "some," just like in English.
Did you get this one right? Remember that we never say à le but put au in front of a masculine word.
So, to say where you are going in French, you put à la in front of feminine words, au in front of masculine
words and à l' if the word begins with a vowel. All you need to know is what gender category the word
falls under!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
244
Be careful, up next you'll have to use the indirect object pronoun me, but think carefully about where to
place it!
Devoir is used in French to talk about obligations or necessities: je dois être au travail à 8h, "I must
be at work at 8am," je dois aller retirer de l'argent, "I have to go withdraw some money."
Encore is a little word that can have different meanings: "still," "again," "more," and, when associated
with pas, "not yet," pas encore. You surely understand now why it's said at the end of a good
performance!
In French, to suggest doing something, we use the conditional tense, just like in English.
The conditional in French is usually formed based on the infinitive form, to which we add the following
endings: -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. As always in French, there are some irregular ones that form
their conditional on an irregular root. Like here with pouvoir, the conditional is based on the root: pourr
to which we add the regular endings.
Remember je voudrais? We saw it quite a few times in the preceding chapters as a way to ask for
something politely in a store or a restaurant. It is the conditional form of the verb vouloir (another one
with an irregular root: voudr).
Now that you have the root of vouloir to form the conditional and you've seen the endings, what would
be the form for tu? Try it now, before we present it on the next slide!
Do you remember y? It is used when we want to talk about a place mentioned before and want to avoid
repetition. It is usually translated by "there" in English. Keep in mind that in French it goes before the
verb!
You've probably noticed that when talking about going somewhere walking, cycling, or on horseback we
use the preposition à + the noun (pied, vélo, cheval).
Now, when we talk about going somewhere with a means of transportation, we use the preposition en like
here: en voiture. And as you are going to see, we use the same construction whether we talk of the
train, the bus, or a plane.
Oops, here we let you figure out the conditional form of this verb on your own. It is a regular one so it
wasn't too difficult...or was it? Don't worry, you'll have more chances to practice in this chapter!
Remember to keep the infinitive form and add the proper ending!
After the conditional, here comes the future form! The future is quite easy in general, just like the
conditional, as we take the infinitive form of the verb and add the following endings: -ai, -as, -a, -ons, -ez,
-ont. Here we used the two auxiliaries that, as usual, have an irregular root: aur for avoir and ser for
être.
Be careful, to say "to be hot" or "to be cold" in French, we actually say "to have hot/cold" (avoir chaud,
avoir froid).
To talk about future events in French we frequently use the near future (aller + infinitive) but the simple
future tense is used as well. It is for situations like this one or to talk about future projects.
Remember that we use a lot of abbreviations in French: apéro for apéritif, foot for football, etc.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
245
Here, take a minute to think. We are going to ask you to put the verb pouvoir in the future. We have
seen the root (pourr) to which you will have to add the appropriate ending.
Now a bit of a challenge: let's see if you can remember the "ils" form, or third person plural form, in the
future!
Remember the imperative form? We are going to use it in the next exercises with negation.
We've seen this little word more than a few times! Its general meaning is "well," but here it is used as
"quite" or "kind of." The expression J'ai bien envie de means "I kind of feel like" or even better "I would
like very much to." The difference is quite subtle and we preferred to present it just as "I feel like" in the
following lines. It's just another way to express interest in doing something, so start using it as well as the
other expressions you know!
Remember the verb devoir? It is translated as "must" in English when used in the present tense.
However, when it is used as the conditional, it is the equivalent of "should" in English. Keep that in mind
for the following slides!
We’ve already seen the personal pronouns as objects in sentences, so can you guess where the pronoun
"everything" will go in the next sentence?
Remember here, "should" is the verb devoir in the conditional tense. We've seen that the root is devr;
all you have to do now is add the endings we've seen previously.
Did you get the tu form right? Now let's try it for "we." Since we are speaking informally in this chapter
assume that you will need to use on rather than nous unless specified otherwise. Don't forget: with on,
we use the il/elle endings.
In French, we have many ways to say "OK" like d'accord or, as you're going to see in the next sentence,
bon. Bon is used often as an introductory word at the beginning of a sentence, whereas d'accord
shows agreement with what was just said.
Ça te dit de is an expression we've seen earlier and translated as "do you feel like...?" In a very similar
meaning, we can use it without the de as the equivalent of "how about...?" in English.
Note that in spoken French we use the verb faire as a synonym of many verbs. For example, here "we
do places" instead of "we go to places."
Just as in English, we have different ways to offer to do something in French. There is the typical, "how
about" or "do you feel like" (ça te dit de) but we also have, "what about" (et si) which literally means
"and if."
Let us introduce you to a new tense: the imperfect tense. In French, when using if-clauses, the verb that
follows is conjugated in the imperfect tense. Here are the endings: -ais / -ais / -ait / -ions / -iez / -aient.
Don't worry; we'll practice each of them as they arise. Let's try them next!
Let's see: you have been briefed on the endings of the Imperfect, and in this tense, aller is regular (for
once!). So, for the tu form, all you have to do is take out -er and add the ending -ais. Let's try it first
and then start using it!
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
246
mangolanguages.com
©2015 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
247